units

faculty-ug-sci

Faculty of Science

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2013 Undergraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2013 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Pamidi Narendra (Sunway); Ms. Janee Hock (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit covers human anatomy in its broadest sense; to explore and understand structure and function at the macroscopic, microscopic (histological) and developmental (embryological) levels. Topographic studies will cover the morphology and organisation of the musculoskeletal system, the cardiovascular system, the respiratory system, the digestive system, urinary system, endocrine system, nervous system and reproductive system. Histology studies will correlate microscopic structure with function; beginning with the cell, moving on to the four primary tissue types and following up with systems-based histology where relevant. Embryology will help in understanding human development; beginning with fertilization and following up through the development of organ-body systems, with emphasis on mechanisms regulating normal development and organisation of the body. The unit encompasses familiarisation and usage of anatomical and medical terminology. Skills in practical observation, identification and communication will be encouraged as well as the ability to source for information through effective use of IT.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a comprehensive knowledge of human anatomy, including an understanding of the macroscopic structure and functions of the systems of the human body, the microscopic structure and functions of cell types and body tissues as well as the embryological origins of the human body;

  1. Use anatomical and related medical terminology effectively in verbal and written communication;

  1. Demonstrate observational and descriptive skills in relation to histological slides, anatomical models, dissected/ prosected anatomical specimens and radiographs;

  1. Actively participate in groupwork to mirror future roles as members of a healthcare team.

Assessment

Continuous assessment: 20%
Practical examination: 30%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, 3 hours group lab practical/tutorial, 3 hours computer-assisted learning and 3 hours private study per week


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Full year 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Piedrafita

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study;

  1. Contribute to the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project;

  1. Demonstrate advanced technical skills appropriate to their area of study;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in data acquisition, critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing;

  1. Communicate effectively with specialist and non-specialist scientific audiences, in both oral and written modes;

  1. Apply the University's Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental requirements appropriately within the context of their research discipline;

  1. Apply the University's requirements regarding the ethics of conducting research on humans and/or animals appropriately within the context of their research discipline.

Assessment

Assessment will include a written thesis and oral presentation and/or oral defence. Final assessment methods and weightings will be advised by the unit coordinator prior to commencement.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Full year

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Piedrafita

Synopsis

ASC4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. This unit provides advanced instruction on experimental design and data analysis and develops skills in critical thinking and examination of the scientific literature. Students will also examine appropriate Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental issues and learn about the ethical requirements associated with research involving humans and animals. As a part of this unit, students will convene and present a research symposium. This unit relates strongly to the Science Graduate Attributes and provides support for students wishing to develop a career in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply experimental design and sampling methods relevant to their research project;

  1. Tailor research design and experimental protocols, giving consideration to available resources, occupational health, safety and environment requirements and research ethics;

  1. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature;

  1. Present scientific ideas and the results of their research (orally and in writing) clearly and effectively, choosing appropriate materials and presentation styles for general and scientific audiences;

  1. Manage their work requirements, both independently and as a member of a team;

  1. Recognise the University's Occupational Health, Safety and Environmental requirements appropriately within the context of their research discipline;

  1. Recognise the University's requirements regarding the ethics of conducting research on humans and/or animals appropriately within the context of their research discipline.

Assessment

100% assignments

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 4 hours of lectures/workshops per fortnight for 12 weeks (one semester).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kevin Pimbblet

Synopsis

ASP1010 provides an introduction to, and understanding of, the nature of the solar system, our galaxy, and the cosmos beyond. The unit material will emphasize key concepts that will allow students to gain understanding of key astrophysical phenomena. The unit covers a wide range of topics that include the night sky, the historical development of astronomy, the solar system, comets and asteroids, the Sun, other stars, stellar remnants such as black holes, the Milky Way, other galaxies, quasars, dark matter, and cosmology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the scale of the Universe and Earth's place in it;

  1. Describe the evolution and general properties of planets, solar systems, stars, and galaxies;

  1. Apply laws of celestial motion and gravity;

  1. Execute experiments involving telescopes and other simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them, including being able to describe the main features and performance of telescopes;

  1. Present and communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical workshops: 25%
Project: 10%
Quizzes: 5%
Mid-semester assignment: 10%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical workshops to achieve an overall pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and a 2-hour practical workshop/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

No formal background in astrophysics is required.
However, secondary science to Year 11 is recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Synopsis

The characteristics of life, how life first appeared on the earth, whether these conditions can be expected to occur on other planets, the formation of stars and planets, the dynamics of planetary orbits and the habitable zones around stars, different kinds of stars and the light they emit, whether consciousness arises from elementary interactions between atoms and molecules, whether computers can be said to be conscious, the final state of the universe and the implications for any life present.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate how the development of life is dependent on the conditions in the physical universe;

  1. Understand the necessary conditions for life and how species evolve;

  1. Appreciate how life depends on energy from the stars;

  1. Recognise the significance of solar system dynamics in providing the thermal requirements for life;

  1. Discuss modern theories of star and planet formation and evolution, and recognise the types of stars in galaxies;

  1. Theorise on the possibilities of other life forms;

  1. Discuss the development of consciousness;

  1. Understand how the universe will evolve, and what this means for the future of life in the universe.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Support class work: 30%
Project work: 10%
Assignments: 10%
Student must pass the final examination to be granted a pass grade

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

Secondary science to Year 11 and mathematics to Year 12 (recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heath Jones

Synopsis

An introduction to modern astronomy, with an emphasis on using astronomical observations to understand the evolution of stars, galaxies and the Universe. Students are introduced to the night sky and how to navigate around it using astronomical coordinates. The design, performance and use of visible and radio wavelength telescopes is discussed in detail, including imaging and spectroscopy. Visible and radio wavelength observations will be interpreted to determine the distances, masses, ages and evolution of stars and galaxies. Laboratory work is a key component of ASP2011, including an astronomical observing session and analysis of data from major observatories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the motion of the planets in the night sky;

  1. Navigate the night sky using celestial coordinates;

  1. Measure the brightness of celestial objects using astronomical images;

  1. Understand the workings of reflecting and refracting telescopes;

  1. Determine the angular resolution achieved by telescopes;

  1. Describe the operation of CCDs;

  1. Understand the statistics of photons from celestial objects;

  1. Understand how astronomers determine the distances, luminosities, masses, radii and temperatures of stars;

  1. Interpret the Hertzspung-Russell diagram;

  1. Understand how stellar evolution can be inferred from observations;

  1. Understand what observational astronomy tells us about the birth and fate of stars;

  1. Use radio and Hubble Space Telescope observations to measure the expansion of the Universe;

  1. Describe the emission processes responsible for radio waves;

  1. Describe the origin of 21-cm wavelength radio waves;

  1. Utilise 21-cm observations to measure the distances to and masses of galaxies;

  1. Understand the principles behind radio interferometers;

  1. Use radio observations to determine the masses of black holes and the radii of neutron stars;

  1. Interpret astronomical observations and justify conclusions drawn via a concise and accurate written report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Written assignments: 15%
Laboratory: 35%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture or tutorial classes per week and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

6 points of physics at first-year level

Prohibitions

ASP2031, PHS2211


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Price

Synopsis

Processes of star and planet formation; celestial mechanics; tides, accretion disks; solar system formation; extra-solar planets; the Sun; interiors of stars and the main sequence; post main sequence evolution; degenerate remnants; the Milky Way; the nature of galaxies; active galaxies; particles and cosmic rays.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply basic physical and mathematical principles to gain a quantitative and qualitative understanding of the universe;

  1. Think physically about astronomical problems, and demonstrate this in a range of problem solving tasks;

  1. Exhibit practical skills in computationally modelling astrophysical systems;

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of stars, planets, and galaxies sufficient to undertake further astrophysics studies at Level 3.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Computer laboratories: 30%
Tests: 10%
A pass in the examination is required to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one weekly 2-hour computer practical class, one weekly 1-hour support class

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035 or equivalent, and 6 points of physics at level one

Co-requisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015 recommended

Prohibitions

ASP2022 (except with permission from the unit coordinator)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Paul Cally

Synopsis

Stellar photometry; observing the stars; star formation; equation of state; reduced equations of stellar structure; polytropic stellar models; full equations of stellar structure; the main sequence; post-main-sequence evolution. Galactic morphology and stellar content; elliptical and spiral galaxies; large-scale structure of the Milky Way; dark matter; potential theory; galactic dynamics-orbits in spherical and axisymmetric potentials. Field trip. Astronomical data reduction.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the nature of stars - their life histories, how they produce energy, how they synthesise the chemical elements, and their ultimate fates;

  1. Build a simple polytropic numerical stellar model;

  1. Distinguish and discuss different types of galaxies;

  1. Understand the relationships between stellar evolution, galactic evolution, and the creation of the elements;

  1. Model computationally the motion of stars in galaxies;

  1. Understand the implications of the observed nature of galaxies for theories of the universe;

  1. Describe the morphology and kinematics of the Milky Way;

  1. Understand the significance of dark matter to galactic structure;

  1. Understand the use of optical telescopes for data collection;

  1. Write an observational research report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 20%
Computer laboratories: 10%
Field-trip report: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture, one 1-hour support classes per week and one 1-hour computer laboratory in most weeks

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010 or MTH2015, plus MTH2032, or equivalent

Prohibitions

ASP3011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alina Donea

Synopsis

Newtonian physics and Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity, the geometry of space-time, the Minkowski metric, Lorentz transformations, k-calculus, and four-vectors; the physics of space-time, momentum and energy; classical paradoxes; other metrics, Black Holes; observation of the Universe relevant to Cosmology; the expansion of the Universe, the Cosmic Background Radiation; the evolution of the Universe, propagation of light; primordial elements and recent observations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the reasons for supplanting Newtonian physics with relativity theory;

  1. Use special relativity to predict the behaviour of relativistic particles;

  1. Discuss the relativistic paradoxes in an informed way;

  1. Display basic knowledge of our current understanding of the beginnings, nature, and fate of the Universe;

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the current uncertainties in cosmology;

  1. Display skills in analysing physical problems geometrically, thinking logically in a theory at odds with common experience;

  1. Use mathematics to solve complex problems;

  1. Interpret complex mathematical results and communicate them in written form;

  1. Work in a team environment.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory work and reports: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

The equivalent of three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015. Recommended: MTH2032

Prohibitions

ASP2052, ASP3052


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Synopsis

This unit consists of three lecture sub-units and a practical component:

  • Nuclear physics: nuclear stability, shell model and angular momentum, radioactive decay selection rules, the neutrino and Fermi theory of beta decay, nuclear force;
  • Evolution of massive stars and synthesis of chemical elements; creation of supernova remnants and neutron stars, and types of continuum and line emission produced; interpreting X-ray spectra in relation to physical and chemical properties of these objects;
  • Elementary particles: spin, parity, isotopic spin, strangeness and baryon/lepton number, conservation laws of the fundamental interactions, symmetry theories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the properties of elementary particles, their interactions and role in cosmological evolution;

  1. Describe nuclear systematics, nuclear models and nuclear structure;

  1. Describe the formation of supernova remnants and neutron stars, their radiation mechanisms and relevant physical processes;

  1. Apply laws of plasma physics, particle physics and nuclear physics to understanding of structure and dynamics of supernova remnants and neutron stars;

  1. Present results and critical discussion based on data analysis of supernova remnants and neutron stars.

Assessment

Examinations (4.5 hours at 1.5 hours each): 72%
Assignments and Practical: 28%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of 2 hours tutorial/practical per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Brown

Synopsis

This unit gives students theoretical background and practical experience in modern observational astronomy. ASP3231 students study telescope optics, spectroscopy, CCD imaging, image processing, statistics, astronomical distances, stellar evolution, extra-solar planets, neutron stars and galaxies. An observational project, including an astronomical observing session and analysis of the observations, comprises a substantial component of ASP3231.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit, including astronomical instrumentation, data processing, photometry and spectroscopy;

  1. Describe how we observe celestial objects across the electromagnetic spectrum and how these observations are used to understand the nature of celestial objects;

  1. Evaluate the accuracy of astronomical instrumentation and observations, including angular resolution, spectroscopic resolution and photometric precision;

  1. Apply their knowledge to execute an observing program and use astronomical imaging to understand the nature of a celestial object;

  1. Present and communicate the results of an astronomical observing program.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%
Laboratory: 15%
Project: 35%
Assignments: 10%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory/project component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week, 4 hours laboratory or project sessions per week on average (including night-time observing)

Prerequisites


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

Research project and Literature Review.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Search and analyse research literature;

  1. Write a comprehensive research survey of a topic in astronomy and astrophysics;

  1. Understand the current state of knowledge on their chosen research problem;

  1. Perform guided research on their chosen topic at a level close to that required to publish in a research journal;

  1. Write a comprehensive honours thesis that clearly presents their results and their justifications.

Assessment

Research project (comprising written report and oral presentation): 83.3%
Literature review (comprising written report and oral presentation): 16.7%

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

ASP4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in Astrophysics and related fields, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of astrophysics and related disciplines;

  1. Apply their knowledge of these disciplines and critical thinking skills to the solution of problems in these fields;

  1. Present results and discuss topics in this field professionally;

  1. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;

  1. Plan and efficiently carry out work requirements.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations): 16.7% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dietmar Dommenget

Synopsis

The unit provides the opportunity for students to understand the weather and climate of the atmosphere and oceans. Topics discussed include: the characteristics of the atmosphere, radiation and the global energy balance, the greenhouse effect and climate change, the global wind distribution, Hadley circulation, mid-latitude westerlies, global heat balance, geostrophic wind, thermal wind, the oceans circulation and causes and characteristics of climate variability from seasons to ice ages.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic physical theory of the Earth's energy balance and large-scale climate dynamics and how it can be constructed from basic principles using mathematical analysis and numerical modelling;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge and skills in using mathematical models and applications in atmospheric science and oceanography;

  1. Demonstrate high-level knowledge and skills of the important techniques, terminology and processes of the large-scale physical climate, climate change and variability;

  1. Develop, apply, integrate and generate knowledge to analyse and solve problems in physical climate dynamics;

  1. Understand the importance of the physical climate dynamics to climate change and variability;

  1. Collect, organise, analyse and interpret quantitative information meaningfully, using mathematical and/or statistical tools as appropriate to physical climate dynamics, including numerical programming;

  1. Convey climate dynamics concepts, processes and results to diverse audiences.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests and support-class activities: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and 2 hours of support classes per week (average)

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035, or equivalent. ATM2030 is also recommended.

Prohibitions

ATM3022, ATM2022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Danijel Belusic

Synopsis

This unit examines cloud processes, the dynamics and prediction of severe storms (including tornadoes and tropical cyclones), the structure and evolution of extra-tropical cyclones and their associated fronts, and the techniques used in forecasting the day-to-day weather.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic physical theories of atmospheric processes, including the dynamics of motion and atmospheric thermodynamics;

  1. Relate the theories with the development and structure of real-life weather systems, including severe storms, tornadoes and tropical cyclones, and use the resulting techniques for forecasting day-to-day weather;

  1. Understand the formation of clouds;

  1. Distinguish and classify different cloud types;

  1. Develop, apply, integrate and generate knowledge to analyse and solve problems in atmospheric physics;

  1. Collect, organise, analyse and interpret quantitative information meaningfully using mathematical and statistical tools.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Field trip, laboratory work, assignments and tests: 40%
Students are required to satisfactorily complete the laboratory work and pass the final examination.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour computer laboratory class per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Steven Siems

Synopsis

Physical meteorology examines the major physical forces that affect the behaviour of the atmosphere, specifically radiative transfer and precipitation. The radiative transfer section focuses on the scattering, absorption and emission of radiant energy within the atmosphere and how this knowledge is exploited by remote satellite and ground-based instrumentation. The cloud microphysics section focuses on the development of precipitation, as well as the interaction between clouds and aerosols.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the physical theory of precipitation and radiation in the atmosphere and apply these principles to weather radar and satellite imagery using mathematical models;

  1. Demonstrate skills in using mathematical techniques to understand the physics of the atmosphere;

  1. Demonstrate high-level knowledge of the important techniques and terminology in physical meteorology;

  1. Demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, and laboratory skills;

  1. Apply knowledge to analyse and solve problems in physical meteorology;

  1. Convey physical meteorology concepts, processes and results to diverse audiences.

Assessment

Final Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work, assignment and tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time.

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

ATM3010


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Reeder

Synopsis

The motion of a density-stratified fluid in a rotating frame of reference; important parameters and their magnitudes; 'homogeneous flows' in the atmosphere and ocean; shallow-water and Rossby-wave motion; western boundary currents; gradient-wind balance and vortex motion; dynamics of stratified fluids, including stability, blocking, internal gravity waves and thermal-wind balance.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the physical theory of the motion of the atmosphere and how it can be constructed from basic principles using mathematical analysis;

  1. Demonstrate skills in using mathematical techniques to understand the dynamics of the atmosphere;

  1. Demonstrate high-level knowledge of the important techniques and terminology in dynamical meteorology;

  1. Apply knowledge to analyse and solve problems in dynamical meteorology.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments: 20%
In-semester tests and support-class activities: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015. Recommended: ATM2020 and ATM2030.

Co-requisites

MTH2032 (or equivalent)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

Literature review, research project and synoptic meteorology laboratory including meteorological chart discussions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to search and analyse research literature;

  1. Write a comprehensive research survey of a topic in atmospheric science;

  1. Understand the current state of knowledge on their chosen research problem;

  1. Perform guided research on their chosen topic at a level close to that required to publish in a research journal;

  1. Write a comprehensive honours thesis that clearly presents their results and their justifications.

Assessment

Literature review (comprising written report and oral presentation): 16.7%
Research project (comprising written report and oral presentation): 83.3%
Laboratory compulsory but not otherwise assessed

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

ATM4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in atmospheric science and related fields, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an advanced understanding of atmospheric science;

  1. Apply their knowledge of atmospheric science and critical thinking skills to the solution of problems in that field;

  1. Present results and discuss topics in this field professionally;

  1. Make effective use of information and communication technology for the collection and analysis of data, the solution of problems and the presentation of their work;

  1. Plan and efficiently carry out work requirements.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations): 16.7% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels 1 to 3 of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janet Macauley

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the action of major classes of biomolecules in biologically and medically relevant systems. Protein structure is related to function in contexts such as blood cells and extracellular matrix. The folding of proteins and the consequences of misfolding, as a cause of disease, are also explored. The mechanism of action of enzymes in medically important systems is examined. Carbohydrates and lipids are examined in the context of their function in diverse cellular compartments and biological membranes, respectively. The techniques used to isolate and study proteins, including their analysis using the tools provided by the new science of bioinformatics, are explored.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how the structure of biologically relevant molecules contributes to their function in cells and organisms;

  1. Define the molecular structure of biological membranes and their role in cellular metabolism;

  1. Explain the physical and biochemical properties of proteins and describe how proteins function as enzymes;

  1. Summarise the techniques and underpinning science that is exploited for the isolation, separation and characterisation of biological molecules;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in basic laboratory techniques used for the separation and identification of biological molecules and for measuring enzymatic behaviour;

  1. Demonstrate the skills necessary to accurately interpret biochemical data;

  1. Demonstrate an ability to research original published scientific literature and effectively communicate your findings either orally or in writing.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%
Evaluation of practicals/ assignments/ self-directed learning exercises: 30%
A pass in both the final examination and practicals/small group sessions/tutorials must be obtained to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

12 points of level one chemistry or level one biology; OR BMS1011; OR CHE2165 and CHM2735. Recommended: VCE Chemistry if Chemistry is not taken at University.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janet Macaulay

Synopsis

A general outline of cellular metabolism is provided. The material presented will illustrate normal metabolic pathways and their dysfunction in various human diseases and conditions including diabetes, alcoholism, starvation, glycogen storage diseases and juvenile developmental problems. The biochemical basis of hormonal regulation and nutrition, in both famine and disease, is presented.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the function, interrelationship and regulation of the biochemical pathways used to generate biological energy;

  1. Discuss the biosynthesis and explain the role of carbohydrates and lipids in metabolism;

  1. Use Case Studies of human disorders to illustrate how metabolic processes are regulated and integrated in cells and tissues;

  1. Relate how nutrition impacts on cellular biochemistry;

  1. Evaluate clinically relevant metabolic problems from a biochemical viewpoint and communicate effectively to diverse audiences;

  1. Apply scientific methodology and relevant laboratory techniques to define essential steps in biochemical pathways.

Assessment

On-line MCQ quizzes: 10%
Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Evaluation of practicals/assignments/case studies: 30%
A pass in both the final examination and practicals/small group sessions/tutorials must be obtained to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BTH2757, BMS2021


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Phil Bird

Synopsis

This unit provides an advanced understanding of the structure-function of the individual structural organelles and components of the cell in the context of cell biology and disease processes. Topics include the cytoskeleton, the formation of the membranes, the intra-cellular trafficking of proteins, the cellular internalization/export of proteins. Over-riding themes of this subject are:

  1. to view the cell as a dynamic unit composed of a series of interacting organelles
  2. to understand the cell as a semi-independent biological entity in constant contact and communication with the extracellular environment and with other cells in multi-cellular organisms.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure of eukaryotic cells and explain the function of key organelles;

  1. Outline how different organelles are formed and positioned within cells and how these organelles respond to a changing environment;

  1. Explain the mechanisms that target and move proteins to the correct organelle and how protein mis-localisation and organelle dysfunction may lead to human disease;

  1. Discuss how the application of fluorescence-based imaging and other technologies increases our understanding of cells, organelles and cellular proteins;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to organise, plan and successfully execute laboratory experiments relevant to molecular cell biology, as well as analyse and report the results in a meaningful way;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to conduct literature-based research, identify key knowledge and concepts and build coherent arguments and explanations either in writing or in oral presentations;

  1. Work effectively as a pair or in a group to achieve academic tasks collaboratively with respect for each other.

Assessment

One examination (3 hours): 60%
Evaluation of practicals and syndicate sessions/data assessment/oral presentations undertaken in the weekly practical/tutorial/self-directed learning sessions: 30%
Evaluation of mentored literature review (essay): 10%
A pass in the examination and the practicals/syndicate sessions/data assessment/oral presentations and the literature review must be obtained to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 4-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Rod Devenish

Synopsis

This unit provides an understanding of DNA as the genetic component of organisms and cells, encompassing the information content, the organisation of DNA sequences, and expression of this information into RNA and proteins. Topics include global aspects of genome organisation and expression outcomes (genomics and proteomics, respectively). Other themes include the molecular diagnosis and treatment of human genetic disease using smart technologies such as gene therapy, DNA vaccines and novel therapeutics, and new information contributing to treatment deriving from genome mining.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure, organisation and functional rearrangement of eukaryotic genomes;

  1. Explain the mechanism of DNA replication in eukaryotic cells;

  1. Illustrate how gene expression is regulated in eukaryotes and how studies of DNA, RNA and protein levels contribute to our understanding of these processes;

  1. Discuss how cell and animal models are used to build our understanding of disease processes and to develop potential therapies;

  1. Describe how the application of genomic and other technologies is used to further our understanding of genomes and the treatment of disease;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to organise, plan and successfully execute laboratory experiments relevant to advanced molecular biology, as well as analyse and report the results in a meaningful way;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to undertake literature based research to collect and evaluate information relevant to current problems in biochemistry and molecular biology and to effectively communicate ideas in writing or orally.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 55%
Essay (2000 words): 15%
Evaluation of practicals and syndicate sessions/ data assessment/ oral presentations (30%) will take place weekly during the semester in the practical/ tutorial/ self-directed learning sessions
A pass in the final examination, and in the essay, and overall in the practicals/ sessions/ data assessment/ oral presentations must be obtained to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour practical/ peer-group or self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

One of the following BCH2011, BCH2022, BMS2062, MOL2011, MOL2022

Prohibitions

BTH3757


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alfons Lawen

Synopsis

This unit provides an advanced understanding of the molecular aspects of cell proliferation, cell signalling, differentiation and cell death as they relate to cell biology and medicine, in particular cancer. Themes include basic mechanisms of cell signalling involving cell receptors, gene expression, hormones and endocrine networks, and intracellular signalling cascade. These concepts are applied to cell growth, differentiation and cell death and how the involvement of the immune system is regulated in diseases, including auto-immune diseases, cancer (and its treatment) and the destruction of T-cells after human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) infection.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the basic mechanisms of cell signalling and how disordered intracellular signalling contributes to the development of cancer;

  1. Discuss the various aspects of the immune system in relation cell signalling and infectious disease;

  1. Explain how cell death contributes to differentiation and disease;

  1. Conduct literature-based research to critically evaluate how our evolving understanding of signal transduction contributes towards advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine and effectively communicate their research by both verbal and oral means;

  1. Discuss the importance of the discipline to current advances in biology, biotechnology and medicine;

  1. Illustrate how relevant laboratory techniques can be exploited to define essential steps in biochemical pathways;

  1. Plan and apply advanced biochemical laboratory methods to solve problems in cell signalling and demonstrate appropriate methods for data analysis and interpretation;

  1. Demonstrate technical and time management skills.

Assessment

Examination (1 x 3 hours): 55%
On-line MCQ quizzes: 10%
Evaluation of practicals and assignments: 35%
A pass in both the final examination and the practicals and assignments must be obtained to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials/revisions and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/ self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

One of BCH2011, BCH2022, CEL2012, MOL2011, MOL2022; or BMS2021 or BMS2042

Prohibitions

BTH3746


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Steve Bottomley

Synopsis

The course will give students an advanced understanding of protein structure-function in the context of human disease. Major themes relate the various levels of protein structure to their wide ranging functions, introduce modern techniques used in the analysis of structure and function, and explore the rapidly developing area of protein-related biotechnologies and drug design. Topics to be covered include examples of aberrations in protein structure that lead to alteration in function in a variety of biological contexts, emphasizing disease. Additionally the use of bioinformatics in aiding our understanding of protein sequence, structure and function will be highlighted.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the relationship between protein sequence, structure and function and relate this to specific examples in human health and disease;

  1. Explain how proteins fold to their correct three dimensional shape and how this process may go wrong and cause disease;

  1. Illustrate how NMR and X-ray crystallography are used to determine the structure of a peptide or protein;

  1. Critically analyse how our understanding of proteins contributes to biotechnology and medicine, in particular comment on the contribution of protein engineering and proteomics to these fields;

  1. Describe the use of fluorescent proteins as tools for characterising the role of proteins in vivo;

  1. Apply experimental techniques and methodologies to determine the structure and function of an unknown protein.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Practicals and assignments: 40%
A pass in both the final examination and practicals and assignments must be obtained to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory or tutorial sessions per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Rod Devenish

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Biochemistry. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Biochemistry. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of Biochemistry. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction over 24 points at second year level.


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the Honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will research literature relevant to their topic, carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about the research projects is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during the second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Literature review (5000 words): 15%
Research project (40000 words): 70%)
Oral presentation: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4100

Assessment

Refer to BCH4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4100

Assessment

Refer to BCH4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Students attend a lecture series on Advanced Topics in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Students also orally present a critique of a journal article which is distinct from their research topic in BCH4100.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Two data assessment examinations: 70%
Oral presentation of journal article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4200

Assessment

Refer to BCH4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Cole

Synopsis

Refer to BCH4200

Assessment

Refer to BCH4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway October intake 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gerry Rayner and Dr Coral Warr (Clayton); Dr. Lee Wai Leng (Sunway)

Synopsis

A study of animal and plant biology and diversity from genes to whole organisms. The structure and function of plant and animal cells is examined with an emphasis on energy fixation, storage and usage. Principles of genetics, including advances in molecular biology, and current views of evolutionary processes and ecology are integrated into a structured course that offers considerable feedback on progress and opportunities for self paced learning. The subject matter of BIO1011 is continued and expanded in BIO1022 and BIO1042.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise and understand biological concepts and processes including cell biology and biochemistry, genetics, diversity, evolution and ecology;

  1. Display competence and precision in the use of laboratory equipment including pipettes, spectrophotometers and microscopes;

  1. Formulate hypotheses, make predictions and carry out scientific experiments to test such;

  1. Collect experimental data, evaluate it and present it in meaningful ways using appropriate software;

  1. Communicate scientific principles and information underlying biology-related topics in written formats and using appropriate conventions for scientific attribution;

  1. Perform library catalogue and database searches to locate and synthesize appropriate information for practical reports.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 45%
Practical work: 35%
Mini quizzes: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2.5-hour practical

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gerry Rayner (Clayton); Associate Professor Song Keang Peng (Sunway)

Synopsis

A study of the biology of whole organisms, organ systems and cells, including molecular genetics, and the effect of environmental parameters on biological functions. The biology of microbes and animals is emphasised. Ecological factors that are biologically important at the level of integrated whole organisms and at cellular, subcellular, and biochemical levels are considered for each organism under study. As for BIO1011 the unit is structured to encourage self paced learning with considerable feed back on individual performance.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and comprehend concepts and processes related to molecular genetics, genetic engineering and the biochemistry and physiology of organ systems, including homeostasis, nervous and muscular-skeletal systems, animal reproduction and development and nutrition;

  1. Understand the nature of microbial diversity, in particular how it relates to human health and disease;

  1. Demonstrate competency in laboratory procedures and techniques, including Gram staining, aseptic techniques, gel electrophoresis, and spectrophotometry;

  1. Demonstrate competency in designing experiments, gathering data and analysing and presenting summative data in meaningful and accurate ways;

  1. Communicate scientific principles and information underlying biology-related topics in written or oral formats and using appropriate conventions for scientific attribution;

  1. Utilise skills in the use of library catalogues and databases to locate published information and synthesize such into essays and practical reports.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 40%
Practical work: 30%
Essay:10%
Mini quizzes: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2.5-hour practical

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gerry Rayner

Synopsis

A study of the biosphere, environmental conditions and their effects on animals, plants and communities; responses of organisms to environmental conditions; interactions between plants and animals; environmental genetics and microbiology; management of biological resources; and an introduction to ecology and the impact of humans on the environment. As for BIO1011 the unit is structured to encourage self-paced learning with considerable feedback on individual performance.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the nature and importance of biodiversity, evolutionary concepts and processes, aspects of the evolution of the Australian biota and the nature of biogeochemical cycles;

  1. Work in teams to discuss, design and implement a field experiment, including the gathering, analysis and presentation of data using appropriate software;

  1. Undertake field observations of a species and collate, input and analyse such data;

  1. Communicate scientific principles and information underlying biology-related topics in written or oral formats and using appropriate conventions for scientific attribution;

  1. Demonstrate and utilise skills in the use of library catalogues and databases to locate suitable information for essays and practical reports.

Assessment

Examinations (2.5 hours): 40%
Practical work: 30%
Essay: 10%
Miniquizzes: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2.5-hour practical (or tutorial equivalent) per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

This unit aims to present normal physiological function of the major organ systems in vertebrates. The emphasis is on the study of discrete cell populations and organs within each system and the integration of these systems to meet the needs of the functioning organism. The relationship between structure and function is an underlying theme of the course. Laboratory and tutorial classes are divided into two streams: the human/ medical stream or the animal/ veterinary stream; students select the stream appropriate to their study program and interests.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the major anatomical features of the vertebrate body;

  1. Describe the normal physiological function of the major systems of vertebrates;

  1. Describe the behaviour of individual cell populations within each of these systems;

  1. Discuss the integration of the activities of individual cell population to create a functioning system;

  1. Understand the control mechanisms which operate within each system and within the functioning organism;

  1. Measure physiological responses under a range of experimental conditions and choose appropriate reference material to interpret these responses.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (theory): 25%
End-of-semester test (theory): 45%
Practical work (assessed by attitude and performance in the lab and by laboratory reports submitted throughout the semester): 30%
A pass in both theory and practical work is mandatory to pass this subject.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week, plus eight 3-hour laboratory exercises every semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students complete laboratory component using home experimental kits. Optional weekend schools also offered.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

This unit begins with a study of the molecules making up the cell: carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and nucleic acids. This forms the basis for the consideration of cell structure and function. The principles of cellular organisation, cellular metabolism and genetics are introduced. The laboratory program illustrates fundamental aspects of the theory course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Sketch a representative animal and/or plant cell;

  1. Recognise cell organelles and state their function;

  1. Draw representative structures for each of the major classes of biological macromolecules;

  1. Summarise the roles of biological macromolecules in living cells;

  1. Give examples of the relationship between macromolecular structure and function;

  1. Discuss the cooperative action of the biological macromolecules responsible for cell function such as membrane transport processes and cell division;

  1. Recognise common features of energy transduction systems in plant and animal cells;

  1. Demonstrate basic laboratory skills - eg. measurement of mass, volume and time, recording and interpretation of experimental data, and report writing.

Assessment

Mid-semester test and final examination: 70%
Practical work 30%
A pass in both the theory and practical components is mandatory

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week, six 3-hour laboratory classes per semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students complete laboratory component using home experimental kits

Prohibitions

BIO1011, BIO1626


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susie Ho

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to ecology; the scientific study of the interactions between organisms and their environment. Ecology and biodiversity forms the foundation for understanding conservation and the management of genetics, species and ecosystem diversity. The approach taken is to address core ecological theory, but with an emphasis on contemporary management issues and applications. Topics include the scope and approaches of ecological enquiry; abiotic and biotic factors determining distributions; population growth and regulation; species interactions; patterns and maintenance of biodiversity; food web analysis; disturbance and succession; and production ecology and nutrient cycling. Particular emphasis is placed on integrating ecological processes across spatial and temporal scales. Practical work can be completed through team-based projects conducted during a pre-semester field camp, or on two day field excursions (Clayton: weekends, Sunway: Friday to Sunday) during the semester, together with in-laboratory practical sessions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the modern scope of scientific inquiry in the field of ecology;

  1. Describe the differences in the structure and function of different types of ecosystems;

  1. Identify and describe the fundamental drivers of patterns in diversity at local, landscape and global scale;

  1. Explain the main limitations on patterns of energy flow through natural food webs and ecosystems;

  1. Quantitatively describe patterns in populations and communities;

  1. Apply basic ecological sampling techniques in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and be proficient in summarising and reporting that data in the format of a scientific paper.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 45%
Continuous assessment (quizzes): 10%
Practical assessment (two 1500 word project reports): 30%
Population ecology exercise: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical or equivalent

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units, which includes 6 points from BIO units or one of ATS1301, ATS1309 or ATS1310.
For Bachelor of Environmental Engineering and associated double degree students only: ENE1621 Environmental engineering and BIO2040 Conservation biology will be required as either prerequisite or corequisite units.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susie Ho

Synopsis

The historical development of evolutionary ideas and the processes of natural selection as currently understood. Theories and techniques of reconstructing evolutionary history and the use of these approaches as tools for addressing practical problems. The history of life on earth and the role of evolutionary events such as mass extinctions and adaptive radiations in that history. Developmental and genetic processes in evolutionary change. Adaptation in the natural world.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the historical development of the theory of evolution and the evidence for the occurrence of evolution;

  1. Explain the fundamental processes of evolution and the major evolutionary events in the history of life;

  1. Describe the principles of systematically classifying organic diversity;

  1. Apply the techniques for inferring the evolutionary relationships of organisms;

  1. Synthesise and communicate scientific principles and information underlying evolution in oral and/or written formats.

Assessment

Mid-semester theory examination (2 hours): 25%
Final theory examination (2 hours): 25%
Practical assignments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical or equivalent

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Chapple

Synopsis

This unit deals with threats to the environment associated with human activities and potential solutions to redress their impacts. Recent losses of biota have been caused by habitat loss and degradation, climate change and pollution, the introduction of exotic species and overexploitation of natural resources. Science-based conservation measures are explored that may reduce loss of biodiversity/ecosystem function, including habitat preservation and restoration, combating climate change, and intensive conservation of species. We analyse how conservation efforts may involve trade-offs with biological, economic, social and political factors.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and describe the key environmental issues facing humankind and outline the role that humans play in environmental degradation and species extinction;

  1. Evaluate and compare the conservation techniques that can be used to restore habitats and ecosystem function;

  1. Appraise the special problems involved in attempting to conserve endangered species;

  1. Integrate complex political, economic and social issues to formulate effective conservation outcomes.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 50%
Practical assessment (1 class): 5%
Issues paper (1500 words): 20%
Project: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units; except for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Environmental Engineering who are exempt from this rule

Prohibitions

ENV2726, BIO2042


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paul Sunnucks

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to different kinds of genetic variation and the ways in which they are, and are not, important in fitness of individual organisms and viability of populations. A major distinction is made between functional genetic variation as opposed to the non-functional genetic variation typically used as a source of DNA-based tools to study the biology of organisms and their populations. After exploring these concepts, the unit expands on the control and inheritance of traits that have major influences in the lives of organisms. There follows an investigation of how ecological and conservation genetics is applied to real-world research and biological management, in a coherent progression from fine scale 'wildlife forensics', relatedness, parentage, through 'landscape genetics' to phylogeography and phylogenetics. Recent revolutions in these fields are outlined. The concepts are illustrated by exploration of exciting examples encompassing pure and applied science, including urban ecology, invasion and conservation biology, global change ecology, and associated practical work. We explore the relationship between genetic variation and extinction risk of populations and species. Finally, we investigate how genetic variation in organisms is associated with ecosystem function, ecological community structure and protection against environmental change.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the principles underlying interactions between the genotypes of organisms and their environment;

  1. Understand the application of those principles to ecology and conservation management and thus comprehend the roles of the field in society;

  1. Apply practical and analytical skills in ecological, evolutionary and conservation genetics involved in the conduct of ecology and conservation;

  1. Apply principles of experimental and survey design, data collection, analysis and interpretation, in the field of ecological and conservation genetics;

  1. Synthesize and communicate, in oral and/or written formats, scientific principles and information underlying ecological and conservation genetics.

Assessment

Practical assignments: 30%
Mini-quizzes: 20%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and three hours of practical, per week

Prerequisites

12 credit points of level one biology


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tricia Wevill

Synopsis

This unit surveys diverse plant groups and related organisms, including fungi, algae, bryophytes, ferns, gymnosperms and angiosperms. A strong emphasis is placed on angiosperms, the major group of plants in the Australian flora. We discuss the major characteristics of each group, including their reproductive biology, and use key features for plant identification in practical classes. As we move through this diverse range of plants we discuss their evolutionary relationships and the adaptive significance of their key features.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the diversity of plants;

  1. Explain the evolutionary relationships between plant taxa;

  1. Demonstrate a basic knowledge of the Australian flora;

  1. Identify plants using practical techniques.

Assessment

Theory examination (2 hours): 40%
Practical exam (2 hours): 15%
Continuous assessment (mini quizzes): 10%
Practical assignments: 20%
Plant project: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marien De Bruijne

Synopsis

Examines the diversity of animals and organises them in a systematic way using their evolutionary history. We examine a range of representatives from different animal phyla, starting with the structurally simple and progressing to mammals, in the context of emerging and changing patterns in their body plans. These are related to changes in the ecology and diversification within the phyla. Concepts and theories developed during the theory part of the course are developed further in the practical classes. During these interactive sessions use of live material is made for observation and the characters used to group animals into higher taxonomic groups are demonstrated and discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the origin of animals and how they differ from other living organisms;

  1. Explain the relationship between animal diversity and evolutionary derived changes in animal body plans;

  1. Identify major animal phyla;

  1. Demonstrate skills in library and field research, data and information gathering, collation and organisation suitable for the preparation of a scientific report;

  1. Demonstrate basic laboratory techniques associated with examining and handling zoological specimens.

Assessment

Final theory exam (2 hours): 35%
Final practical exam (2 hours): 25%
Continuous assessment (miniquizzes): 10%
Practical assignments: 20%
Research project: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marien De Bruijne

Synopsis

We examine how the form and function of animals enables them to meet their need to survive and reproduce. To do this, animals acquire, process and use energy to cope with challenges in the internal and external environments through a wide variety of physiological, morphological, reproductive and behavioural adaptations. In order to understand unifying principles, we examine the amazing variety of different solutions to common problems that animals encounter. Concepts and theories in lectures are expanded and developed in interactive practical classes where animal, digital sensor and model examples are used.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the relationships between functional anatomy, physiology and behaviour of animals that allow them to survive and reproduce;

  1. Explain the function of major biological systems in animals and their adaptations to different environments;

  1. Contrast the varying life history strategies of animals;

  1. Identify morphological features of animals and relate these features to their function;

  1. Demonstrate skills in research, data and information gathering, collation and organisation suitable for the preparation of a scientific report.

Assessment

Final theory exam (2 hours): 35%
Final practical exam (2 hours): 25%
Research project: 13%
Miniquizzes and reports: 27%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical (or equivalent

Prerequisites

BIO2231 or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Slobodanka Stojkovic

Synopsis

This unit deals with the structure and function of plants at different levels of organisation from the cellular to the whole plant. Topics include general plant structure and anatomy, and structural adaptations of plants to different environments. Aspects of plant function and physiology include nutrient and water uptake and transport, gas exchange and assimilation processes and how plant function, plant growth and plant form are modified by interactions with the environment. The link between structure and function of plants is stressed throughout this unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic plan of higher plant anatomy, structure and morphology, the typical organization of cells and tissues found in different plant parts and common modifications found in Australian plants;

  1. Explain the basic physiology and biochemistry underlying core processes in plants, including uptake and processing of nutrients from the soil, uptake of water and its passage through the plant, photosynthesis and its regulation;

  1. Explain how plant growth and development is regulated by internal factors, particularly plant hormones;

  1. Understand the key influence of the external environment in short- and long-term modification of plant physiology and form;

  1. Demonstrate a critical, analytical approach to scientific research and show skills in writing scientific reports.

Assessment

Theory examination (Two 1-hour exams): 40%
Practical: 40%
Essay: 10%
Miniquizzes: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO2181 or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Piedrafita

Synopsis

The unit will analyse the basic parameters of animal health with respect to symptomatic observation and measurement of disturbance to body function through to clinical diagnostic methods. Disease states will be explored as case studies of common diseases in farm and pet animals and via analysis of the impacts of disease on the various organ systems of the body. Disease treatment and control methods will be described together with basic information on microbial infection systems relevant to animal protection and treatment. Information concerning specific health issues in various species will be explored via a number of examples. Specialist lectures from animal welfare and veterinary staff will be used to detail these examples and provide practical contexts. Practicals will explore the techniques and analyses of modern veterinary medicine.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the importance of hygiene, nutrition and welfare in animal health;

  1. Describe the main features of a range of diseases and their symptoms in pet and farm animals;

  1. Recognise the importance of observation and measurement of symptoms and the role of modern diagnostic medicine in disease control;

  1. Give examples of diagnostic testing and interpretation;

  1. Discuss the importance of disease control and research in the welfare and maintenance of animals.

Assessment

12 Tutorial quizzes: 10%
10 Practical assignments/reports: 40%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and four hours of tutorials and/or practical work per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Residential program over three days on campus

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter

Synopsis

In this unit students will explore the anatomy and physiology of the human reproductive system. The changes in structure and function of tissues and organs during embryonic and foetal development will be considered. Relevant pathological states will highlight key aspects of dysfunction. Principles of human inheritance will be studied, with an emphasis on inherited disorders and gene therapy. Finally, students will consider the factors that influence the distribution and maintenance of genes within human populations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the processes required for reproduction of individual cells and differentiate between meiotic and mitotic cell division;

  1. Explain the physiology of the male and female reproductive systems, relating it to the general anatomy of these systems, and explain how the endocrine system controls reproductive function in the male and the female;

  1. Describe the processes of gametogenesis, fertilization, implantation and embryogenesis;

  1. Describe how organs are formed from the primary germ layers;

  1. Describe the major stages of prenatal development - pre-embryonic, embryonic and foetal and the major events within these stages;

  1. Discuss the development of foetal circulatory and respiratory systems and describe the changes that take place in the natal and post-natal period;

  1. Explain the genetic basis of heritable disorders (sex-linked, autosomal dominant, autosomal recessive, spontaneous mutation) and the role of genetic markers in screening for genetic disease;

  1. Discuss the roles of gene flow, selection and genetic drift in establishing population characteristics.

Assessment

One major assignment (3000 words): 20%
Case study: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

36 hours of lectures and 24 hours of practical/tutorial classes per semester

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BIO2722


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Freeman

Synopsis

Principles of Physiology will build on the foundations learnt in BIO1711 Vertebrate Biology to examine several physiological systems, with an emphasis on control mechanisms. The unit will consist of four themed sections: Homeostasis and Coordination, Cardiovascular System, Environmental Exchanges and Balance, and Nutrient Exchange and Utilisation. The unit will also explore interactions between systems in the maintenance of homeostasis. Laboratory and tutorial classes are divided into two streams: the human/ medical stream or the animal/ veterinary stream; students select the stream appropriate to their study program and interests.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the concept of homeostasis and the principles of negative and positive feedback mechanisms, illustrated within the context of the neural and endocrine systems;

  1. Describe the structure and function of the heart, blood and blood vessels, and how the perfusion of the body's tissues is maintained and regulated according to physiological need;

  1. Explain how the respiratory system functions to exchange blood gases;

  1. Describe how the renal system functions to maintain the body's fluid and electrolyte balance and the extracellular volume;

  1. Evaluate the interactions of the respiratory and renal systems in the maintenance of the extracellular pH;

  1. Describe how the body satisfies its requirement for energy and appropriate nutrition;

  1. Measure simple physiological parameters, evaluate and interpret experimental data and work effectively in small groups.

Assessment

Workshop assessment: 20%
Case based integration assignment: 20%
Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour workshop per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Nil

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Charles Clarke

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to Field Biology in a tropical environmental setting. The challenges associated with designing and implementing field-based experiments, surveys and observations are discussed, along with methods and practices to minimise risks and waste of resources. The critical roles played by geographical information systems, data management and analysis, and the ability to measure, record, identify and describe animals, plants and ecosystems are also examined and treated in detail. All components of the course are linked to field-based study activities in Malaysian ecosystems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to conduct field-based surveys and research in tropical ecosystems, with an emphasis on the dominant communities from equatorial regions;

  1. Demonstrate competence in the use of computer-based mapping skills and Geographical Information Systems in biological research and conservation;

  1. Apply specialised knowledge and skills to the areas of resource and risk assessment, in relation to conducting biological research in the field, with special emphasis on tropical environments;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to identify animals, plants and habitats from tropical Malaysian ecosystems;

  1. Work collaboratively and effectively in the field in tropical environments.

Assessment

Online quizzes: 10% total
plant and animal identification tests: 20%
mapping/GIS assignment: 10%
major project report and presentation: 30%
final examination: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and a 3-hour laboratory session (or short field trip) each week.
An extended field trip will be run during the mid-semester break for a period of approximately five days.

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Catherine Yule

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to ecological processes in terrestrial and aquatic tropical ecosystems. Students will gain an understanding of how populations of animals and plants survive and interact in tropical environments. The unit covers fundamental ecological theories and concepts such as biodiversity, population growth, predation, competition, succession, mutualism, nutrient cycling and disturbance. Consideration will be given to how many of these processes operate differently between tropical and temperate climates. Students will learn how ecological theory can be applied in the management and conservation of tropical environments. The practical component comprises group field projects in tropical rainforests such as a mangrove forest and a dipterocarp forest.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity of tropical ecosystems and how they function;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of ecological applications and processes relating to a range of aquatic and terrestrial tropical environments;

  1. Undertake sampling programs to collect physico-chemical data and to identify and survey the flora and fauna of tropical habitats;

  1. Manage, analyse and critically evaluate scientific data collected in the field;

  1. Communicate findings effectively in the form of written scientific reports;

  1. Work collaboratively and effectively in teams in tropical environments.

Assessment

Two field trip reports: 20% each
Three online quizzes: 5% each
Final exam (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures per week and the equivalent of three hours laboratory/field work per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Johnstone (Clayton); Associate Professor Lan Boon Leong (Sunway)

Synopsis

The philosophy of science. Writing and assessing scientific papers and reports. The analysis and interpretation of biological data, especially the design and analysis of experiments. This unit is a pre-requisite unit for Honours in Biology (BIO4100 and BIO4200).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the basic principles underlying the philosophy of science;

  1. Design testable hypotheses and predictions in biological investigations;

  1. Demonstrate critical, analytical skills in writing, assessing and publishing scientific papers and reports and interpretation of biological data;

  1. Evaluate and determine the suitability of different statistical approaches to analyse biological data;

  1. Apply current techniques of statistical analysis.

Assessment

Theory examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Practical examination (2 hours):25%
Practical work and assignments: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and equivalent of 3 hours laboratory/tutorials per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO, BTH, ENV or GEN units and either SCI1020 or STA1010 or STA2010 or permission. Recommended unit: BIO2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Beardall

Synopsis

This unit investigates the organisms and the processes that drive marine ecosystems. We deal with the trophic structure of marine ecosystems, including primary and secondary production, microbial loops, food webs and their importance for marine fisheries. The implications of the characteristic life cycles of marine organisms to their geographical distribution are also considered. These topics are placed in the context of specific marine ecosystems including coastal habitats, coral reefs, open oceans, the deep sea and polar ecosystems. The practical component comprises a field trip (fee payable) either to Heron Island in December or the Queenscliff Marine Station in February where students work in small groups on specific aspects of marine biology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the diversity and ecological importance of marine life;

  1. Explain the fundamental physiochemical and physiological processes underlying the productivity of marine environments;

  1. Explain the ecological dynamics of marine ecosystems;

  1. Discuss the impact of human activity on the sustainability of marine ecosystems;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific skills in project design, data collection, analysis and writing.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Practical work/field work/project work: 40%
Miniquizzes: 10%

Attendance at one of the two field trips offered for this unit is a mandatory hurdle for this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory/field work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO units including either BIO2181 or BIO2231


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Bob Wong (Clayton); Professor Mark Sandeman (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit deals with several key areas of animal behaviour. We investigate animal communication systems, with particular emphasis on how signals are produced, transmitted and received, their information content and how they are sometimes used in social manipulation. We then go on to explore the way in which behaviour develops during the animal's early life and the various influences that shape this development before moving on to examine the genetic regulation of behaviour, how behaviour evolves and how we can use comparative methods to study this process. The rest of the unit is then devoted to behavioural ecology which deals with the role of behaviour in the animal's interactions with its environment and the ways in which the environment shapes adaptive behaviour on an evolutionary time scale. Topics covered in this area include foraging and anti-predator behaviour, social organisation, mating systems and parental care.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the mechanisms underlying animal behaviour;

  1. Explain how behaviour develops and why it is adaptive;

  1. Evaluate the ways in which the environment shapes adaptive behaviour;

  1. Design, conduct and analyse the results of an extended research project;

  1. Communicate findings to a scientific and a general audience in individual and group settings.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Project outline: 5%
Project report: 35%
Group poster presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours practical work per week

Prerequisites

BIO2242 and an additional 6 points from level two BIO units, or ENV2712 and BIO2752


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Beardall

Synopsis

How plants respond to their environment, from molecular changes in gene expression to effects on communities. Plant development and responses to environmental stresses such as drought, temperature and salinisation, and global climate change. Manipulation of plant performance by means of genetic engineering and the ethical issues involved.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic processes governing the ways in which plants respond to their environment, from alterations in patterns of gene expression, through differences in metabolic activities to changes in morphology;

  1. Explain the mechanisms by which plants cope with specific stresses in their environments, including drought, salinisation, extreme temperatures and global climate change;

  1. Demonstrate a critical, analytical approach to scientific research and have developed skills in writing scientific reports.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 60%
Practical work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO or GEN units. Recommended: BIO2282

Prohibitions

BIO2082


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanna Venn

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the factors influencing the distribution, composition and structure of Australian plant communities, and the characteristics of the component plant species. The roles of contemporary environmental and historical factors are discussed. Methods of quantifying community parameters are covered in the practical course. There is a five-day field excursion (to the Grampians) during the Easter break (fee payable).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the major characteristics of the main Australian vegetation types;

  1. Explain the basic ecological and historical processes influencing the characteristics of the vegetation types and their component species;

  1. Integrate and explain the different interactions occurring within the plant environment;

  1. Demonstrate competence in the methodological approaches that are used in plant ecology.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Practical report: 30%
Essay: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, equivalent of 3 hours laboratory plus field work per week

Prerequisites

12 points from level two BIO units including BIO2011 or BIO2051, or by permission. Recommended: BIO2181 and BIO2022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rohan Clarke

Synopsis

Ecological knowledge needs to be incorporated in many areas of application, including natural resource management, invasive species responses, and biodiversity and conservation. The unit will focus on teaching core skills in applied ecology that should inform any management process. There is less emphasis on policy and legislative issues, except where they directly affect management decisions. The unit will focus on a range of issues that are of current importance in both academic research areas and also in important new policy developments in Victoria and in Australia generally. The practical component will consist of three projects that directly relate to the three lecture units within the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the principles of landscape ecology;

  1. Apply the adaptive management process in natural resource management;

  1. Understand the need to cater for genetic variation and evolutionary potential;

  1. Describe the links between natural resource management and the ecological theory on which it is based;

  1. Evaluate management techniques, be familiar with the management options available to managers and decision-makers and be aware that management is conducted within a socio-economic framework;

  1. Express informed opinions on the economic, ethical and political considerations of resource management.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Practical reports (three, 10% each): 30%
Feedback assignments (five, 2% each): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 3 hours laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

BIO2040 or BIO2042, and BIO2011, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Jennifer Davis

Synopsis

This unit builds upon basic ecological concepts to provide the theory and practical experience needed to understand, manage, monitor and conserve inland aquatic ecosystems. It considers the abiotic and biotic components of freshwater ecosystems, especially the dynamics of energy and nutrients, trophic structure and interspecific interactions, and the patterns and processes supporting aquatic biodiversity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and synthesise the components, processes and services/values that characterise flowing (rivers and streams) and standing (wetlands, lakes and ponds) waters;

  1. Use established and standard methods (both in the field and laboratory) to obtain, analyse and interpret ecological datasets;

  1. Design, undertake and communicate the results of a field-based freshwater project.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Practical work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, 3 hours laboratory/field work per week

Prerequisites

BIO2011 or BIO2051, and either BIO2231 or BIO2181.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Christopher Johnstone (Clayton); Dr Wendy Wright (Gippsland)

Synopsis

The diversity and biology of Australian vertebrates will be investigated in relation to biogeographical history and ecology of the region. The course examines the biology of Australian vertebrates as examples of the physiological, behavioural and nutritional adaptations that animals around the world develop in response to environmental challenges. Specific topics will include; life history strategies of birds and mammals with particular emphasis on marsupials, clutch size in birds and the relationship to latitude, cooperative breeding in birds, physiological adaptations to temperate and arid conditions, and feeding adaptations in relation to the evolution of dietary resources.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the historical factors that have influenced the evolution of the Australian vertebrate fauna;

  1. Explain the significance of physiological, behavioural, reproductive and nutritional adaptations in vertebrates in relation to their ecology;

  1. Describe the diversity and distribution of major vertebrate taxa in Australia;

  1. Demonstrate competence in techniques for investigating the functional biology of organisms;

  1. Communicate scientific findings in oral and written forms.

Assessment

Examination (2.5 hours): 50%
Written reports: 40%
Oral presentation 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours of practical and/or field work per week

Prerequisites

BIO2242 and an additional 6 points from level two BIO units, or ENV2712 and BIO2752.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor John Hamill (Deputy: Dr Amanda Walmsley)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced knowledge and practical skills in plant and cellular biotechnology. Coverage of key current and emerging topics in the subject area will include recombinant DNA methodology and genomics; plant cell and algal in vitro culture methods; cellular physiology and development; industrial exploitation using bioprocessing procedures; nutritional enhancement and elevated tolerance to environmental stress in crops; engineering of metabolism; production of innovative vaccines; rhizosphere biotechnology and bioremediation of unhealthy environments; ethical, legal and commercial aspects of genetically altered plants and bioproducts.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will understand the vast scope of plant and cellular biotechnology and appreciate its potential for improvement of the human condition and maintenance of a healthy environment - both in the Australian context and globally. Students will further develop their capacity to evaluate critically the current literature in this fast moving subject area. Also, students will have increased ability to plan experiments and collect and collate their own experimental data and present it for assessment. In undertaking experimental analyses, students will also acquire advanced practical skills of relevance to plant and cellular biotechnology industries within Australia and internationally.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Practical performance and report writing during semester: 25%
Research technique summary (500 words): 7.5%
Oral presentation: 7.5%
Essay: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and one tutorial per week, plus 36 hours of practical work per semester

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042; plus 12 points of level two units chosen from BIO2082, BIO2181, BIO2282, BCH2011, BCH2022, any BTH2XXX unit, GEN2041, GEN2052, MOL2011, MOL2022, MIC2011 and MIC2022

Prohibitions

BTH3611


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Robyn Wilson

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to Environmental Management issues in Southeast Asia, with a necessary emphasis on the philosophies, procedures, processes and examples from Malaysia. Students will gain an understanding of the need for effective Environmental Management, and how local ethics and legislation drive this process. The unit covers fundamental environmental management concepts such as environmental impact assessment, auditing, and monitoring, as well as environmental standards, and valuation methodologies. This theoretical content will then be elaborated and enhanced by introducing students to key environmental issues in tropical Southeast Asia, which will be supported by examples and detailed case studies. Students will engage in interactive tutorial activities that are designed to expand on the content delivered in the lectures. The practical component of the unit comprises a group project, based on a field trip to a local site that is relevant to the key environmental issues introduced in the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge and skills gained in this unit towards effective environmental management and sustainable resource management;

  1. Apply knowledge and understanding of the philosophical, ethical and legal need for effective environmental management;

  1. Undertake sampling and survey activities to identify potential environmental impacts and minimise them;

  1. Collect, collate, manage and analyse environmental data;

  1. Report the results of environmental analyses in a variety of relevant media;

  1. Contribute to the environmental decision making process in Southeast Asia;

  1. Work collaboratively and effectively in teams in tropical environments.

Assessment

Two written assignments: 15% each
Major project report and presentation: 25%
Final exam (2 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week, plus one full-day field trip

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ENV3737, ENV3011, ATS3546


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Catherine Yule

Synopsis

This unit examines the biology of tropical aquatic ecosystems. It focuses on South East Asia, (the Malaysian region in particular) but will also encompass aquatic environments in other parts of the tropics. The ecology and diversity of communities in coral reefs, oceans, sandy and rocky shores, estuaries, lakes, rivers and swamps is examined. The students will gain an understanding of the physical and chemical factors that affect these environments. Conservation and management issues such as the impacts of tourism, pollution, fisheries, wetland drainage and river regulation are studied.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity and ecology of freshwater and marine environments in the tropics with particular reference to the Malaysian region;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the conservation and management issues relating to aquatic ecosystems;

  1. Design and analyse sampling programs to examine the flora and fauna of aquatic habitats and to assess changes;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to identify aquatic animals and plants from tropical Malaysian ecosystems;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills;

  1. Make effective oral and visual presentations;

  1. Work collaboratively and effectively in the field in tropical environments.

Assessment

Essay: 15%
Class presentation: 5%
Mid-semester test: 20%
Field trip assignment: 5%
Field trip practical report: 20%
Final examination: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour practical session or equivalent per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011, BIO1022. Recommended: BIO2011

Prohibitions

SCM3011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
Monash Passport categoryConnect (Explore Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Richard Reina (Clayton); Associate Professor Catherine Yule (Sunway)

Synopsis

This subject examines the biology of terrestrial tropical ecosystems. It focuses on South East Asia, the Malaysian region in particular, with its diverse habits including lowland dipterocarp forest, peat swamp forests, montane cloud forests, heath forests, limestone vegetation and karst with associated cave formations. In terms of biodiversity, the Indo-Malaysian region is one of the richest in the world, and factors influencing the high biodiversity will be examined. Students will gain an understanding of the importance of climate, nutrient cycling, disturbance, and forest dynamics, on the ecology of tropical plants and animals. Conservation and management issues such as conflicting land-use requirements, peat swamp drainage, logging and fire are discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the diversity, structure and function of a range of tropical ecosystems;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of conservation and management issues relating to tropical ecosystems;

  1. Demonstrate and understand the importance of climate, nutrient cycling, disturbance and forest dynamics, on the ecology of tropical plants and animals;

  1. Design, analyse and undertake sampling programs to examine the flora and fauna of tropical habitats;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills;

  1. Make effective oral and visual presentations;

  1. Work collaboratively and effectively in teams.

Assessment

Essay: 20%
Mid-semester test: 20%
Field trip project: 30%
Final exam: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week (or equivalent), plus one 5-day field trip (or equivalent)

Prerequisites

BIO1011, and one of BIO1022 or BIO1042. Recommended: BIO2011

Prohibitions

SCM3022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Damian Dowling

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to a major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend the fundamental process and requirements of scientific research;

  1. Review and critically evaluate the scientific literature within a relevant discipline;

  1. Demonstrate skills in experimental design, data collection and statistical analysis;

  1. Interpret experimental results, and place the results in the broader context of the research discipline;

  1. Communicate scientific findings and their implications, via oral presentations and written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports: 20%
Two written reports: 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition students must have a distinction average across 24 points of level 2 BIO/GEN units, including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

SCI3740, SCI3990


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dave Chapple (Clayton); Dr Lee Sui Mae (Sunway)

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Students will present the results of their research project in a seminar. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinators and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply a critical and analytical approach to scientific research;

  1. Demonstrate skills in experimental design and in specialised techniques for laboratory and/or fieldwork in biological sciences;

  1. Demonstrate skills in writing reports of scientific experiments and in searching the scientific literature;

  1. Demonstrate skills in oral communication of scientific information;

  1. Statistically analyse and present biological data;

  1. Understand OHSE regulations, including hazardous and dangerous materials and risk assessments.

Assessment

Research project with written report on the results: 93%
Seminar based on research project 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

BIO3011 or by permission of the Head of School

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dave Chapple

Synopsis

Students submit an essay on an advanced topic in biology that is distinct from the topic of the BIO4100/GEN4100 research project. In addition, they will attend lectures and complete practice exercises in Advanced Data Analysis. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and give examples of the breadth and diversity of biology;

  1. Recognise the place of biology within the broader scope of science and medicine;

  1. Demonstrate skills in writing reports of scientific experiments;

  1. Demonstrate skills in searching the scientific literature;

  1. Demonstrate skills in oral communication of scientific information.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Lectures and exercises in Advanced Data Analysis: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

BIO3011 or by permission of the Head of School

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in biology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in biology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;

  1. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;

  1. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;

  1. Write and manage assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne

Synopsis

The science of biotechnology and the structure of the industry and the relationship between academic research and commercial biotechnology will be explored. Particular emphasis will be placed on the development of biotechnology in Australia and Asian countries. The unit will help prepare students to pursue careers in biotechnology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how modern biotechnology has evolved from advances in cell and molecular biology;

  1. Explain the essential steps needed to translate a scientific discovery into a commercial product;

  1. Discuss how ethics and the views of society impact on the biotechnology industry;

  1. Illustrate, using examples from medicinal chemistry, biomedical science and engineering, the contribution of these disciplines to biotechnology;

  1. Demonstrate basic skills for effectively searching public literature databases, identifying relevant and reliable published information and effectively summarising content to support their writing;

  1. Demonstrate basic skills in laboratory techniques and data analysis in at least one area of biotechnology research.

Assessment

Assignments (written and oral): 75%
Laboratory reports: 20%
Tutorial presentation: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two x 1-hour lectures per week, one x 2-hour tutorial per week, one x 4-hour laboratory session every third week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Mark Sandeman (Gippsland); Dr Kumaran Narayanan (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit will cover classical and modern biotechnology, including recent developments in molecular biology and its applications in such diverse areas as agriculture, forestry, food, medicine and marine sciences. This includes an introduction to bio-prospecting and pharmaceuticals; genomics, proteomics and bio-informatics; environmental and industrial biotechnology and the current issues and concerns surrounding biotechnology. Related topics such as human genome project, risk assessment, bio-safety and genetically modified organisms and crops, cloning, patents, ethics intellectual property rights and the regulatory framework for biotechnology in various countries will be discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the fundamental techniques and the basic principles of molecular biology and recombinant DNA technology that are required for biotechnology;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the applications and impact of biotechnology in the areas of agriculture, medicine, and industry;

  1. Assess and manage occupational health and safety issues related to biotechnology activities in the laboratory, and in environmental and industrial settings;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the basic concepts of biotechnology business, intellectual property rights, and the regulatory framework governing the biotechnology industry;

  1. Apply knowledge of the fundamental ethical and regulatory issues surrounding the biotechnology field;

  1. Communicate biotechnology findings effectively in the form of oral and written scientific reports.

Assessment

Final examination: 50%
Quizzes: 15%
Tutorial activities: 15%
Web pages: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three 1-hour online tutorials per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne

Synopsis

Students will be introduced to intellectual property law and to the major regulatory regimes relevant to biotechnology research, development and commercialization. Ethical issues and controversies relating to biotechnology will also be examined. Students will be encouraged to develop strategies to identify and pursue career paths post graduation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the moral and ethical principles that are relevant to medicine and biotechnology;

  1. Explain, with examples, how bioethical principles are applied in law and policy;

  1. Evaluate current dilemmas in biotechnology on the basis of moral and ethical principles;

  1. Describe the legal framework and intellectual property laws relevant to commercialisation of biotechnology;

  1. Identify and describe the relevant regulatory agencies that govern biotechnology;

  1. Find relevant published sources and extract key facts and concepts to support their written and oral arguments;

  1. Communicate effectively both as an individual and collaboratively in a group.

Assessment

Assignments (Total of 4500 words): 45%
Exam (2 hours): 40%
Oral Presentations: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two one-hour lectures per week and one two-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter (Gippsland); Dr. Jasmine Hue Seow Mun (Sunway)

Synopsis

In order to carry out any DNA manipulation a large variety of enzymes and specialised techniques are used. This unit will provide the opportunity to gain an understanding of the nature and use of the "tools of the trade" applied routinely by molecular biologists. This includes the management of biological databases. A wide variety of applications will be explored, ranging from human disease situations to genetic modification of crop species.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss basic principles of recombinant DNA technology;

  1. Select and apply practical techniques to achieve a range of experimental outcomes in molecular biology;

  1. Give examples of the applications of recombinant DNA technology in medical and industrial settings;

  1. Describe the use of biological databases for data storage;

  1. Demonstrate skill in data mining;

  1. Present, analyse and interpret experimental data.

Assessment

Examination (3 Hours): 60%
Online bioinformatics project: 20%
Practical and tutorial exercises: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and two hours of practical/tutorial per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Optional 2 day residential school

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BMS2062, MOL2022, BTH3757


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jenny Mosse (Gippsland); Dr Ton So Ha (Sunway)

Synopsis

The unit begins with an introduction to the cellular environment, considering the interactions that stabilise biological macromolecules and the maintenance of constant pH within cells and organisms. Next, we will study the structure and function of proteins and the techniques for their isolation and purification. The composition of biological membranes and the structure of nucleic acids and their packaging within cells is considered. This is followed by a study of the mechanisms of synthesis, modification and degradation of nucleic acids and proteins. The mechanisms that control these processes are emphasised.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the buffering mechanisms that operate in biological systems;

  1. Recognise the role of non-covalent interactions in the maintenance of tertiary and quaternary conformation of biological macromolecules;

  1. Explain the connection between protein structure and function;

  1. Discuss strategies for the isolation and purification of proteins from biological samples;

  1. Discuss the principles of storage and transmission of genetic information and describe control mechanisms which operate at the level of gene expression;

  1. Use spectrophotometric methods to assay biological molecules in solution;

  1. Analyse and interpret laboratory data and present in an appropriate format.

Assessment

Assignment work: 20%
Practical work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 36 hours of laboratory per semester.

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus one of BIO1011, BIO1022 or BIO1722

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jenny Mosse (Gippsland); Dr Ton So Ha (Sunway)

Synopsis

The unit begins with a general overview of metabolism and bioenergetics. This is followed by a comprehensive survey of cellular metabolism including: the generation of energy from major dietary components: carbohydrate, protein and lipid; the biosynthesis of carbohydrates, lipids and nucleotides; and amino acid metabolism. A study of photosynthesis illustrates the linkage between electron transport systems and biosyntheses. The integration and control of cellular biochemistry and the role of hormones in metabolic regulation is emphasised.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the mechanisms involved in the storage and processing of metabolic fuels;

  1. Discuss mechanisms for control of metabolic reaction sequences;

  1. Describe the specialised metabolic role of various tissues;

  1. Explain how metabolic processes are integrated and regulated;

  1. Demonstrate advanced laboratory skills;

  1. Collect, interpret and present experimental data in an accessible and appropriate format.

Assessment

Assignment work: 20%
Practical work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and 36 hours laboratory classes per semester

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus one of BIO1022 or BIO1722

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien

Synopsis

This unit introduces traditional and modern practices involved in crop production. It includes environmental, genetic, physiological and cultural factors influencing crop growth and yield, and emphasises the growth, development and yield of several important tropical crop species and their management for sustainable production. A field trip will enhance students' understanding of crop plant identification, soil and environmental factors affecting plant growth as well as pest management.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the ability to identify plant species of agricultural importance;

  1. Demonstrate good understanding of the principles involved in crop production and methods for crop improvement;

  1. Apply specialised knowledge on important factors affecting crop growth and yield to achieve sustainable production of important tropical crops;

  1. Analyse, interpret and present scientific data effectively.

Assessment

Three projects: 30%
Two laboratory reports: 15%
One field trip: 5%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week. Three hours laboratory practical per week for eight weeks and one field trip to either a commercial plantation or a crop research station.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BTH2800


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael Vitale and Dr Lynne Mayne (deputy co-ordinator)

Synopsis

This unit will examine case studies of biotechnology research and development and will consider the industry context in which biotechnology is commercialised including: industry structure; methods of financing, management approaches; and product development.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure of the biotechnology industry, both in Australia and globally;

  1. Describe the pathways from discovery science that lead to innovation and commercialisation of biotechnology innovations;

  1. Explain the critical role of intellectual property in the commercialisation of biotechnology;

  1. Assess the potential for commercial development of a specific biotechnology innovation;

  1. Systematically build and validate academic arguments by critically deconstructing relevant published research, working both independently and as part of a team;

  1. Demonstrate an approach to learning and professional development based on self-evaluation and personal responsibility.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 40%
Tutorial reports (including class presentations) (4 x 750 words): 40%
Oral presentation and written report (1000 words): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Greenhill (Gippsland); Professor Gary Dykes (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit discusses food as a habitat, the principles involved in microbiological spoilage of foods, micro-organisms of public health significance that cause food-borne illness, food safety and aspects of food preservation. Microbiological testing of foods is considered using current standard methods. The industrial microbiology section examines how micro-organisms are obtained, handled and maintained in industry and discusses the application of genetically modified micro-organisms. Fermentation modes and kinetic models are discussed using batch and continuous growth. Scale up and downstream processes of industrial fermentations and the role of micro-organisms in producing substances of industrial importance is discussed using antibiotics, hormones, membrane proteins and bioethanol as examples.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss food as a habitat for micro-organisms;

  1. Describe micro-organisms characteristic to the food industry and their roles in food production, food spoilage and food-borne illnesses;

  1. Explain principles involved in microbiological spoilage of food, microbial control, and methods of preserving foods;

  1. Recognise the importance of microbiological food criteria and HACCP systems for maintaining food safety in industry;

  1. Discuss the use of microorganisms in industrial processes, and providing examples representing the breadth of these applications;

  1. Describe the principles and applications of batch and continuous fermentation processes;

  1. Describe the application of industrial control systems such as SCADA for microbial fermentations.

Assessment

Final written examination (3 hours): 60%
One major and two minor laboratory reports: 30%
One assignment (2000 words): 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and a 5-day block lab

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students will undertake a 5-day residential school (offered in even numbered years)

Prerequisites

BTH2722 or MIC2011

Prohibitions

BTH3776


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Greenhill (Gippsland); Dr Lee Sui Mae (Sunway)

Synopsis

BTH3722 focuses on infectious diseases of the organ systems, summarising the aetiology, pathogenesis and laboratory identification of important pathogens. The epidemiology of infectious disease and strategies for disease control are highlighted. The mode of action of antimicrobial drugs, their role in treating infectious disease and the problems of drug resistance are discussed. Techniques for laboratory diagnosis of infectious disease, and safe handling of pathogens, are emphasised.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain how microbes cause disease, with particular emphasis on bacterial and viral pathogenicity;

  1. Discuss the epidemiology of infectious disease;

  1. Discuss the role of chemotherapy and the importance of drug resistance in the treatment of infectious disease;

  1. Describe the role of microorganisms in selected infectious diseases associated with the different organ systems;

  1. Discuss relevant diagnostic techniques used in clinical microbiology laboratories;

  1. Describe and perform techniques used in diagnostic serology;

  1. Demonstrate competence in laboratory procedures for handling and processing microbiological specimens.

Assessment

Final written examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignment (2000 words) 10%.
Laboratory work: 30% (comprising performance: 10%, one full report: 5%, diagnostic lab worksheets and discussion: 7.5%, and project worksheets and discussion: 7.5%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures/tutorials and 3 hours laboratory classes per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students will attend a 5-day residential school (offered in even numbered years)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Greenhill (Gippsland); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit begins by examining the fundamental principles of microbial ecology and the basic methods used in this area. It then considers the role of micro-organisms in biogeochemical nutrient cycles. Some important natural habitats for micro-organisms such as air, fresh water and salt water are considered with the main discussion centred on soil. The roles of particular soil micro-organisms within their microenvironments are explained with special attention being given to micro-organisms involved in transformations of carbon and nitrogen. The role of micro-organisms in composting, the management of pollution and as agents of bioremediation is discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss principles of microbial ecology, recognising the role of micro-organisms as a mixed flora;

  1. Diagram the role of micro-organisms in biogeochemical nutrient cycles;

  1. Discuss the role of different micro-organisms in air, water environments, and soils, predicting the effects of changes in environmental parameters;

  1. Describe how micro-organisms can cause pollution and the use of micro-organisms as indicators of pollution;

  1. Discuss the role of micro-organisms in sewage treatment and composting;

  1. Explain how micro-organisms can be exploited in bioremediation;

  1. Demonstrate the use of molecular and traditional methods for detection and identification of micro-organisms.

Assessment

Final written examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory reports: 30% +Assignment (2000 words) 10%. The laboratory reports comprise one major lab report worth 10%, and 5 smaller reports worth a total of 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students will attend a 5-day residential program (offered in even numbered years)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BTH3797


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter (Gippsland); Dr Lau Khim Heng (Sunway)

Synopsis

The unit examines the pathways by which cells receive external information and process this into specific biochemical responses. We begin with a survey of different mechanisms of cellular signalling and their roles in 'normal' cellular activities and overall homeostasis. A diverse set of cellular processes is studied and the normal control mechanisms highlighted. This is followed by investigation of the dysfunction of signalling mechanisms in several disease states. Topics covered are: the cell cycle, apoptosis, haematopoiesis, atherosclerosis and HIV/AIDS. The aim is to demonstrate to students that dysfunction or inappropriate cellular signalling plays a key role in the pathogenesis of many common disease. Methods of clinical diagnosis are introduced and incorporated into the laboratory work, which is designed to illustrate concepts of the theory.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe a range of cellular signalling mechanisms;

  1. Explain endocrine control of cellular processes;

  1. Discuss the dysfunction of cell signalling mechanisms in several common disease states;

  1. Discuss the role of biochemical and spectroscopic techniques in the diagnosis of disease;

  1. Plan and execute complex biochemical laboratory procedures and interpret data acquired;

  1. Demonstrate basic competence in the safe handling of hazardous biological materials.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours): 50%
Major assignment (5000 words): 20%
Practical work: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and 40 hours laboratory work per semester

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Brook-Carter (Gippsland); Dr. Jasmine Hue Seow Mun (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on recombinant DNA methodology and genomics, which underpin commercial developments in the rapidly expanding biotechnology industry. Advanced techniques for gene manipulation in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, methods for genome mapping and sequencing, and techniques for investigating gene and protein function, including mutagenesis, RNA interference and expression profiling, will be considered. Industrial and research applications of these technologies, such as genetic manipulation of plants and animals, gene therapy, virus detection and typing, recombinant vaccine production and personalized medicine will be explored.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the molecular basis of a wide range of techniques for gene manipulation, and genomic and proteomic analysis;

  1. Apply their knowledge to the pursuit of current scientific problems in industry, medicine and research;

  1. Critically evaluate a variety of approaches to a particular scientific or industrial problem;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in a wide range of techniques for gene manipulation and in the interpretation of data acquired by these techniques;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific writing skills.

Assessment

3-hour end of semester examination: 50%
Critical analysis of scientific literature: 10%
Assignment (2000 words): 10%
Practical performance and report writing: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours lectures per week and 36 hours practical work per semester.

Off-campus attendance requirements

A five day residential laboratory school.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BCH3031, BTH3757


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)To be advised

Synopsis

This unit examines the methods and protocols of bioinformatics, genomes, DNA and protein sequence analyses. Topics covered include methods of information retrieval from various internet databases; bioinformatics softwares, data entry of bioinformatics information, computer modelling of macromolecules, and functional genomics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and explain information content and its flow in biological systems, and also the processes related to the flow;

  1. Use bioinformatics software and computer models;

  1. Analyse and interpret simple bioinformation data sets;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the theoretical basis of mining bioinformation.

Assessment

Practical reports 35%,+ Mid-semester Test 15%,+ Final Examination 50%

Contact hours

2 hours of lectures, 2 hours practical and 1 hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BTH2746 or GEN2041

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Sadequr Rahman

Synopsis

This unit introduces the role of plant breeding and its significance in plant biotechnology, plant genomes and organisation, the regulation of gene expression, plant cell and tissue culture methodologies, gene transformation techniques, the application of transgenic technology for crop improvement (including the production of transgenic plants resistant to abiotic and biotic stresses and crops with prolonged shelf life and enhanced nutritional value) and the use of transgenic plants as bioreactors for the production of novel proteins in medicine and industry.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of current issues and technologies in plant biotechnology;

  1. Demonstrate clear understanding of the techniques involved in plant tissue culture;

  1. Design constructs to alter the expression of specific genes;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the various strategies involved in the creation of existing plant transgenic crops;

  1. Appreciate the potential role of genetic manipulation to produce novel plant products of potential economic importance;

  1. Exhibit skills in analysis, interpretation and presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

Practical reports (including assignments): 40%
Mid-semester test: 20%
Final examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and three hours of practical per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Lisa Martin and Dr Elizabeth Davis

Synopsis

This unit allows students to develop laboratory research skills in the interdisciplinary field of pharmacological chemistry. Students will undertake a laboratory project involving both chemistry and pharmacology and will spend time in both chemistry and pharmacology laboratories.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Design and conduct experiments;

  1. Identify, use and critically evaluate research literature;

  1. Conduct interdisciplinary projects composed of chemistry and pharmacology;

  1. Implement safe working practices with chemicals, radio-isotopes, and biological materials;

  1. Make oral presentations and write reports covering both chemistry and pharmacology.

Assessment

Written reports: 80%
Oral reports: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Six hours of supervised laboratory work and six hours of self-directed study

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922 with a grade point average of at least 70; PHA3011 and PHA3021 with a grade point average of at least 70; and at least 12 points of level three chemistry.

Co-requisites

At least 18 points of level three chemistry (including the prerequisite 12 points) and PHA3042

Prohibitions

Course convenor approval is required to take either CHM3990 or PHA3990 with BTH3960


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either the first or second semester. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the selected area of biotechnology research;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project in an area of biotechnology and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report the findings;

  1. Effectively present the research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse the research in the context of the discipline area and report the findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will include a written thesis and oral defence. Final assessment methods will be advised by the unit coordinator prior to commencement.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Full year

Prerequisites

Completion of the admission requirements for the Bachelor of Biotechnology Honours year or for the Science Honours Program

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lynne Mayne

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop students graduate attributes relevant to a post-graduation career in biotechnology and associated areas. These will be learned in an interdisciplinary biotechnology context of the development of scientific knowledge and its commercialisation. From their previous studies, students will have knowledge of scientific invention and technological innovation. The unit will allow them deeper exploration of an aspect or aspects of this process. Students will also consider what scientific knowledge is and how it is challenged. The unit will require both team and individual work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in an applied area of biotechnology;

  1. Research, analyse and report on the translation of basic research towards a commercial product;

  1. Recognise the breadth of analytical and data analysis techniques and their applicability to biotechnology research;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the biotechnology industry;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in biotechnology both in writing and orally.

Assessment

two written reports: (6000 words) 30% and (2000 words) 10%
essay (4000 words): 20%
two oral presentations: 20%
continuous assessment of group work (supervisor, peer and self-assessed): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Workshops, seminars and individual or small group meetings with supervisors and mentors.

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Biotechnology


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in biotechnology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in biotechnology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;

  1. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;

  1. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;

  1. Write and manage assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson (Clayton); Dr Alison Green (Gippsland)

Synopsis

CHM1011 has been designed such that some previous understanding of chemistry is presumed, but is also underpinned by a support structure for those who are relatively new to the subject. The curriculum focuses on general and physical chemistry principles which in turn complements the synthetic chemistry topics discussed in the subsequent unit, CHM1022. On completion of CHM1011, students will have gained an understanding of how atoms and molecules interact with each other and how this affects their bonding, reactivity, 3D structure and physical properties. A number of important topics such as stoichiometry, intermolecular forces, thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, and electrochemistry will be developed in order to prepare students for a deeper exploration of chemistry. The concepts developed within the workshops and tutorials are complemented through a laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the features of atomic structure and the construction of the periodic table of elements;

  1. Interpret relationships between electronic structure and bonding;

  1. Explore a wide range of molecular structures and investigate aspects of stereochemistry such as isomerism and chirality;

  1. Distinguish between ideal gases and real gases;

  1. Recognise factors which give rise to polarity and its relationship to intermolecular bonding;

  1. Define the first and second laws of thermodynamics and apply enthalpy and entropy;

  1. Discuss factors which give rise to chemical kinetics;

  1. Apply acid-base chemistry in the understanding of dynamic equilibria;

  1. Foster the acquisition of practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;

  1. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Final examination (3 hours): 50%
Laboratory work: 30%. Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.
Online assessment: 10%
Tutorials: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workshop, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour laboratory per week

Prohibitions

CHM1031, CHM1051


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson (Clayton); Dr Alison Green (Gippsland); Dr Pushpamalar Janarthanan (Sunway)

Synopsis

Within CHM1022, students will exploit their understanding of general and physical chemistry discussed in CHM1011 to explore the behaviour of chemicals in a number of interesting case studies incorporating a range of significant biological and synthetic molecules such as carbohydrates, proteins and polymers and pharmaceutically important drugs. Along the way, students will discuss the formation of inorganic coordination compounds and investigate their role in colour and magnetism, and metals in biological systems. The concepts developed within the workshops and tutorials are complemented through a laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of chemical nomenclature;

  1. Describe the classification, bonding, structure, properties and reactions of a wide range of organic compounds according to the functional groups they contain;

  1. Describe the nature of biological and synthetic macromolecules such as proteins, carbohydrates, and polymers;

  1. Discuss the properties of transition elements;

  1. Describe a wide range of coordination compounds and their structures, reactions and applications in both synthetic materials and biological systems;

  1. Describe how spectroscopy can be used to investigate molecular structure;

  1. Foster practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;

  1. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Final examinations (3 hours): 50%
Laboratory work: 30%. Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.
Online assessment: 10%
Tutorials: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workhop, one 1-hour tutorial and one 3-hour laboratory per week

Prohibitions

CHM1042, CHM1052


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway October intake 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson (Clayton); Dr. Cheow Yuen Lin (Sunway)

Synopsis

CHM1051 has been designed for students who have demonstrated a strong aptitude for chemistry during secondary studies, eg. a VCE Chemistry Study Score >=37. On completion of this unit, students will have gained an understanding of how atoms and molecules interact with each other and how this affects their bonding, reactivity, 3D structure and physical properties. A number of important topics such as stoichiometry, intermolecular forces, thermodynamics, kinetics, equilibria, and electrochemistry will be developed in order to prepare students for a deeper exploration of chemistry. The concepts developed within the lectures and workshops are complemented through an extended laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Employ quantum mechanics to describe features of atomic structure and the construction of the periodic table of elements;

  1. Interpret the relationships between electronic structure and bonding exploring a wide range of molecular structures;

  1. Investigate aspects of stereochemistry such as isomerism and chirality;

  1. Distinguish differences between ideal gases and real gases;

  1. Recognise factors which give rise to polarity and studying how this effects intermolecular bonding;

  1. Define the first and second laws of thermodynamics and apply enthalpy and entropy;

  1. Discuss factors which give rise to chemical kinetics;

  1. Apply acid-base chemistry in the understanding of dynamic equilibria;

  1. Foster the acquisition of practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;

  1. Formulate hypotheses and design chemical experiments to synthesise and collect unique data using a range of sophisticated apparatus and technologies;

  1. Apply recognised methods for interpreting chemical data;

  1. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 40%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workshop and one 4-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

VCE Units 3 and 4 Chemistry (Study Score >=37), or an ATAR >=90

Prohibitions

CHM1011, CHM1031


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Thompson (Clayton); Dr Pushpamalar Janarthanan (Sunway)

Synopsis

CHM1052 has been designed for students who have demonstrated a strong aptitude for chemistry during secondary studies, eg. a VCE Chemistry Study Score >=37. In this unit, students will exploit their understanding of general and physical chemistry discussed in CHM1051 to explore the behaviour of chemicals in a number of interesting case studies incorporating a range of significant biological and synthetic molecules such as carbohydrates, proteins and polymers and pharmaceutically important drugs. Along the way, students will discuss the formation of inorganic coordination compounds and investigate their role in colour and magnetism, and metals in biological systems. The concepts developed within the lectures are complemented through an extended laboratory program where students will have the opportunity to develop analytical techniques and design their own experiments to solve a range of chemical problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of chemical nomenclature;

  1. Describe the classification, bonding, structure, properties and reactions of a wide range of organic compounds according to the functional groups they contain;

  1. Describe the nature of biological and synthetic macromolecules such as proteins, carbohydrates and polymers;

  1. Discuss the properties of transition elements;

  1. Describe a wide range of coordination compounds and their structures, reactions and applications in both synthetic materials and biological systems;

  1. Foster the acquisition of practical skills by exploiting an inquiry-based approach to the chemistry laboratory experience;

  1. Formulate hypotheses and design chemical experiments to synthesise and collect unique data using a range of sophisticated apparatus and technologies;

  1. Apply recognised methods for interpreting chemical data;

  1. Communicate chemistry, and discuss the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 40%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour workshop and one 4-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

VCE Units 3 and 4 Chemistry (Study Score >= 37), an ATAR >= 90, or a high distinction grade in CHM1011

Prohibitions

CHM1022, CHM1042


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Alison Green (Gippsland); Dr Lim Yau Yan (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce the student to the principles of analysis using a number of different instrumental techniques. It is designed around instrumental applications for both atomic and molecular analysis. Introductory principles of analysis, spectroscopic techniques encompassing UV/VIS, atomic absorption and mass spectrometry, as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques are covered. The main emphasis is on practical quantitative analysis using a range of different techniques.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will have gained an understanding of the key principles involved in chemical analysis; be able to explain the principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopies and be able to discuss the instrumentation commonly employed in UV/VIS, infrared and atomic spectroscopies; have gained an appreciation for the different instrumental components used in different techniques; be able to explain the principles of chromatography and its application in a variety of instrumental techniques including GC, HPLC, molecular exclusion chromatography, ion chromatography and electrophoresis; be able to suggest appropriate techniques and conditions to separate particular mixtures using these techniques; be able to explain the basis of electroanalytical methods and discuss the different classification of electroanalytical methods; appreciate the benefits offered by electroanalytical methods of analysis; have further developed their practical skills, particularly chemical analysis using analytical instrumentation, data handling and report writing; have further developed their problem solving skills and their ability to work both independently and in small groups.

Assessment

Two assignments (5000 words): 20%
Practical work: 30%
Examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 3 hours of practical work each week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off campus students will attend a four-day vacation school for tutorials and practical laboratory work.

Prerequisites

12 points of first level Chemistry

Prohibitions

CHM2736, CHM2922


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

This unit presents a broad overview of the origins of the environmental pollution problems by studying the sources, reactions, transport, effects and fate of chemical species in the water, soil and air environments. Specifically it will study the influence of human activity upon these processes and provide relevant practical introduction to the basic analytical techniques employed for environmental chemical analysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Classify, and state the sources of, water pollutants including oxygen-consuming wastes, disease-causing agents, synthetic organic compounds, radioactive materials and heat;

  1. Assess water quality by the measurement of the various water parameters;

  1. Discuss the chemical processes which occur in natural waters, soils and sediments;

  1. Describe the principles of air pollution;

  1. State the major sources, fate and effects of pollutants;

  1. Discuss tools and approaches for preventing environmental pollution;

  1. Demonstrate competence in basic analytical techniques employed for environmental chemical analysis, including atmospheric monitoring and sampling methods.

Assessment

Assignment work (5000 words): 20%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 39 hours of laboratory per semester

Prerequisites

One of CHM1022, CHM1742 or CHM1752


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

In this unit students will study the structure, synthesis and analysis of important industrial and biological compounds. Specific topics will include a study of the reactions of small organic compounds which forms the basis for producing larger molecules and macromolecules (including polymers and biochemicals). An important component is the experimental program which will emphasise practical applications and the use of spectroscopic and chromatographic methods of analysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the principles of Infrared and Nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry and determine the structure of organic and oganometallic molecules using these methods;

  1. Recognise the structures of molecules and macromolecules important in industrial and biochemical processes ;

  1. Discuss the reactivity of relevant organic groups and write equations for these reactions;

  1. Suggest reaction pathways for the synthesis of simple organic molecules from readily available materials and write reactions for these pathways;

  1. Describe the mechanisms of SN1, SN2, E1 and E2 reactions and predict the conditions which favour these reactions;

  1. Write reaction pathways, and suggest favourable conditions, for the synthesis of macromolecules;

  1. Synthesise certain organic compounds in the laboratory and use analytical instruments to determine the purity and structure of synthesised products.

Assessment

Six assignments (500 words each): 20%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, 39 hours of laboratory per semester

Prerequisites

CHM1011, CHM1051, CHM1022, CHM1052 or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kellie Tuck (Clayton); Associate Professor Lim Yau Yan (Sunway)

Synopsis

Basic principles and key aspects of molecular design, synthesis, structure and reactivity of carbon based molecules, organo-transition metal chemistry and metal complexes with examples taken from important biological, industrial and environmental processes. It will cover aspects of reactive intermediates; carbocations; molecular rearrangements; nucleophilic substitution; elimination reactions; free radicals; aromatic and heterocyclic chemistry; pericyclic reactions; carbonyl compounds; geometry, properties and bonding in transition metal complexes; metal coordination environments in metalloproteins; metal ions in metalloproteins; metal complexation in aquatic systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the tools used by chemists to design, prepare and study novel carbon based molecules and metal complexes;

  1. Apply the general principles of transition metal chemistry to industrial and environmental processes;

  1. Formulate the syntheses of a number of compounds using organic or inorganic chemistry processes;

  1. Appreciate and utilise a number of organic and inorganic reactions, including processes involving metal ions;

  1. Use common synthetic procedures and modern analytical and spectroscopic methods for the synthesis and analysis of chemical compounds;

  1. Demonstrate safe laboratory practices and apply OHSE principles;

  1. Communicate their chemistry in oral and written form and analyse how the material taught links to the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Practical work: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus CHM1022 or CHM1052. Students without these should consult the second year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Toby Bell (Clayton); Professor Sam Adeloju (Gippsland); Associate Professor Lim Yau Yan (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit covers the theory and instrumentation behind common physical and analytical instrumental techniques such as infra-red, Raman, UV/Vis absorption and fluorescence and atomic spectroscopies, mass spectrometry, chromatography and electroanalytical chemistry. A knowledge of the physical chemistry of gases and liquids is an important precursor to the understanding of chromatographic and electroanalytical chemistry. The application of these techniques in forensic analysis is examined using examples such as the detection of accelerants at arson scenes, drug detection in sport and identification of microsamples at crime scenes. Practical exercises will provide problem solving in physical and forensic analytical chemistry. A "Moot Court" team exercise and guest lecturers are an integral part of the subject.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend concepts in instrumental analysis, including accuracy and precision, sensitivity, selectivity, detection limit and dynamic range;

  1. Describe the principles and applications of spectroscopic techniques such as infra-red, Raman, UV/Visible absorption and fluorescence, and atomic mass spectrometry;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of electrochemical techniques for chemical analysis;

  1. Distinguish the need for, and uses of, separation techniques such as gas and liquid chromatography;

  1. Evaluate a range of instrumental methods and how different instruments operate;

  1. Compare and contrast a number of case studies illustrating the many and varied uses of chemical instrumentation for solving analytical and forensic problems;

  1. Use database searching and retrieval for compound identification;

  1. Demonstrate expertise in the manipulation of chemicals, the use of chemical analysis techniques, risk assessment and the use of modern information technologies and data analysis;

  1. Work in small groups and be competent in the written and oral presentation of scientific data, including in the context of a Moot-court scenario.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%
Mid semester test (1 hour): 20%
Computer test/Assignments: 10%
Laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM1011 or CHM1051, plus CHM1022 or CHM1052. Students without these should consult the second year coordinator.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Brendan Wilkinson

Synopsis

This unit develops further the basic principles and key aspects of synthesis, structure and reactivity of carbon based molecules and metal complexes discussed in CHM2911. It will cover aspects of aromatic and heterocyclic chemistry including electrophilic aromatic substitution; physical organic chemistry; reactive intermediates; molecular rearrangements; nucleophilic addition; properties and bonding in transition metal complexes; metal ions in biology including metalloproteins and metal based drugs including Cisplatin.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the chemical behaviour of metal ions in aqueous solution and their role in biology;

  1. Describe the chemical behaviour of p-block elements and their relevance to industrial and environmental processes;

  1. Add to their understanding of the chemical reactivity of organic molecules;

  1. Follow reaction procedures and employ commonly used laboratory techniques, including recrystallisation, distillation, extraction and spectroscopic analysis, to synthesise and characterise organic/inorganic molecules;

  1. Prepare a written laboratory report.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Mid-semester test (45 mins): 15%
Laboratory work: 25%
Assignment: 10% +Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Mike Grace (Clayton); Dr Juan Joon Ching (Sunway)

Synopsis

A fundamental understanding of the principles underlying aquatic chemistry and their application in the study of aquatic processes. Includes: equilibria, activity and solubility; acid-base and carbonate equilibria, coordination chemistry and complexation, trace metal speciation, aquatic colloid and surface chemistry, estuarine processes and lake biogeochemistry, physico-chemical features of estuaries, rivers and lakes, light and heat in aquatic systems, major ions in natural waters, redox equilibria, dissolved gases, biogeochemical cycling of nutrients and contaminants, eutrophication. The practical component covers common major analytical techniques and two field excursions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the physical and chemical characteristics of aquatic systems;

  1. Understand the fundamental physico-chemical processes operating in aquatic systems;

  1. Discuss, using appropriate local and international examples, current water pollution issues;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in use of a range of water quality monitoring techniques;

  1. Access relevant data for comparative purposes using modern information technologies;

  1. Prepare, explain and undertake appropriate OHS Risk Assessments associated with laboratory and fieldwork activities;

  1. Prepare laboratory and field trip reports, using appropriate statistical analysis, incorporation of relevant lecture material and additional information from reputable sources.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work: 25%
Assignments: 15%
Online tests: 10%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3-hours laboratory or field trip per week

Prerequisites

6 points level one Chemistry


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Gary Dykes (Clayton); Dr Siow Lee Fong (Sunway)

Synopsis

A detailed account of the chemistry of food substances will be provided. The components present in larger amounts (carbohydrates, fats, proteins, minerals and water), and those occurring in smaller quantities (colours, flavours, vitamins, preservatives, trace metals, both natural and synthetic toxins, and additives) will be discussed. Chemicals used in food production (fertilizers, pesticides, insecticides, fungicides, herbicides) and the chemistry of food processing, storage and cooking are also discussed. Methods used in food analysis are considered. The chemistry of the digestion of food and the energy provided by food during consumption are included.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the essential chemical components of food and understand how they are analysed;

  1. Comprehend the chemistry of lipids, carbohydrates, proteins, vitamins, minerals and water as found in foods;

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the relationship each of these food components have to nutritional needs;

  1. Understand the links between food types and energy provided, and between energy needs and balanced diets;

  1. Understand how agricultural methods affect food production;

  1. Understand chemical changes that occur during the processing, storage and cooking of food;

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the importance of the food industry to the Australian economy and of the important role of food chemistry within the food industry;

  1. Undertake food analysis in a chemistry laboratory.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory exercises and workshops: 20%
Assignments, tests and debates: 20%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

6 points of level one Chemistry

Prohibitions

BND1022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Perran Cook

Synopsis

This course allows students to undertake an introductory research project as part of their second year of study in Chemistry within the BSc Adv (Hons) or BSc (Science Scholar) degrees. The project will be carried out within the School of Chemistry teaching and research laboratories. Allied with the practical work will be tutorial materials and discussion on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an ability to locate, synthesize and critically evaluate relevant scientific literature associated with the research project;

  1. Prepare, explain and undertake appropriate OHS Risk Assessments associated with laboratory (and if relevant, fieldwork) activities;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to work efficiently and safely within a research laboratory environment;

  1. Access relevant data for comparative purposes using modern information technologies;

  1. Synthesise and present in a format suitable for the discipline, experimental results and data analysis associated with the research project;

  1. Present scientific research findings to an appropriate expert audience;

  1. Integrate the research findings from the project into the larger context of research in that particular field, primarily through completion of the required report;

  1. Demonstrate the capability to learn new technical skills within the research project ambit and use these proficiently and safely.

Assessment

Written project proposal: 10%
Laboratory work: 30%
Project report: 50%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Six hours per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and permission from the Head of School

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kei Saito

Synopsis

The unit describes the structure, properties and synthesis of biomaterials, macromolecules, and 'smart' inorganic materials, which are designed to carry out a range of sensing or active functions. Includes: biopolymers and biomineralisation in plants and animals; mimicry of biological systems; properties of everyday materials such as polypropylene and polyurethane and the link between their properties, structure and synthesis; properties of inorganic and metal-organic solids such as conductivity, magnetism, and porosity; theory and use of X-ray crystallography for determining solid-state structures. Principles of controlled radical polymerisation such as RAFT that is widely used in industry to synthesize polymers of certain molecular weights are introduced. In addition, ionic liquids as 'new generation' liquid materials are introduced. The unit also offers an opportunity to learn about a fast emerging field of alternative resources of energy such as solar cells, advanced batteries and fuel cells.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the link between polymer structure and physical properties;

  1. Understand the chemistry of ionic liquids;

  1. Demonstrate the connection between properties of conducting, magnetic and porous materials and their inorganic structure;

  1. Demonstrate a basic understanding of the theory of X-ray crystallography;

  1. Carry out organic and inorganic material synthesis in a laboratory environment;

  1. Apply characterisation techniques to both organic and inorganic materials;

  1. Demonstrate skills in the use of modern information technologies and data analysis, and in the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 10%
Laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week.

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and 6 other points of level two chemistry. Students without these units should consult the third year coordinator.

Prohibitions

CHM2180


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Sam Adeloju

Synopsis

In this unit, the fundamental principles and concepts of chemistry studied in previous years will be related to the aquatic and atmospheric systems. The chemical processes which occur in natural and modified systems will be examined with a particular view of understanding the nature, effects and fate of pollutants. This provides students with the background to understand current issues such as air and water pollution, the enhanced greenhouse effect and stratospheric ozone depletion. Some emphasis will be placed on the analysis of air and water, and water treatment processes will be investigated for both the production of potable water as well as treatment of polluted waters.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the different water cycles and water and wastewater management schemes;

  1. Discuss different quality and quantity requirements of different users of water;

  1. Explain the chemical principles involved in the purification of water for domestic and industrial use;

  1. Explain the process of eutrophication and causal factors;

  1. Discuss the nature, properties, effects and detection of toxic substances in the aquatic environment;

  1. Describe the structure of the atmosphere and the energy and mass transfer processes which occur, and discuss the changes in the atmosphere through time and related causes and effects;

  1. Detect, quantify and interpret the presence of a range of atmospheric pollutants, or chemical pollutants in aquatic systems using modern analytical and monitoring methods;

  1. Work effectively as a member of a team;

  1. Demonstrate advanced report writing skills.

Assessment

Assignment work: 30%
Practical work: 25%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures, one hour of tutorials and three hours of laboratory per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students undertake a 4-day residential school program

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ENV3726


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Donald McNaughton

Synopsis

Mastery of spectroscopy and molecular structure and chemistry at interfaces and surfaces is essential for graduates in chemistry, materials, bio-science and earth sciences. The first topics covered are advanced spectroscopy, with an emphasis on micro and nano-spectroscopic and surface analysis methods, computational and theoretical chemistry and molecular symmetry. Computational and spectroscopic techniques, particularly those involving analysis at the micro and nano scale, are described in terms of principles, instrumentation and applications. Together these complementary areas provide a strong foundation in molecular structure, which is central to the molecular sciences. The final topics covered are essential physical chemistry: Surface Chemistry introduces the special features of the molecular structure of the interface, surface tension and adsorption at the interface, surfactants, emulsions and foams, adhesion, wetting, detergency, and formulation of surfactants; Colloid Chemistry focuses on dispersion of small particles in the context of food chemistry, paints, cosmetics, water systems and formulation science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Show an understanding of molecular symmetry and its uses;

  1. Understand molecular structure in relation to molecular symmetry;

  1. Assign point groups to molecules, and have developed an understanding of advanced spectroscopy;

  1. Understand surface analysis of chemistry at the micro- and nano-scale;

  1. Comprehend the basic concepts of computational chemistry and become proficient in the use of specific computational chemistry software;

  1. Recognise properties of the interface between two different material phases and understand the chemical processes that occur at such interfaces;

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the importance of processes that occur at interfaces in the functioning of biological systems, be able to give examples of the applications of surface chemistry and the functionality of everyday materials;

  1. Comprehend key terms used in colloid and surface chemistry.

Assessment

One 2-hour examination: 40%
One 50 minute test: 10%
Assignments and computer testing: 20%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr David Lupton

Synopsis

A description of the advanced tools and methodologies that are used in the determination of reaction mechanisms will be provided. This is supported by a discussion of the theoretical basis of the design of synthetic pathways for target e.g. bioactive molecules. The knowledge gained will be used to elucidate the reaction mechanisms of common organic reactions and metal-mediated reactions towards identifying scope in organic chemistry. The development of chemical methods that allow realisation of the concept of a sustainable future will also be discussed. Advanced NMR spectroscopy will also be introduced as a useful tool to elucidating structure.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and operate standard chemical laboratory apparatus to undertake and analyse routine organic transformations;

  1. Identify and design strategies that exploit conjugate addition reactions;

  1. Understand the rationale behind the design of strategies to assemble complex aromatic materials;

  1. Identify and describe common pericyclic reactions;

  1. Identify and understand routine transition metal catalysed and organocatalytic chemical reactions.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 47%
Mid-semester test (1 hour): 23%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Lisa Martin (Clayton); Dr Barbie Panther (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on several major classes of biologically and clinically important therapeutic agents. Students will study the traditional use, isolation, structural characterisation, synthesis and clinical evaluation of drugs and also be exposed to newer crystallographic, computational, combinatorial and screening methodology used in drug design and development. The subject will consist of three inter-related sections:

  1. drug discovery and development,
  2. molecular recognition and
  3. combinatorial chemistry and the synthesis of biological polymers. Where appropriate, guest speakers from industry and government agencies will contribute to the subject.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand traditional and modern methods used for drug discovery;

  1. Understand how molecules interact at the molecular level and how this relates to the activity of drugs;

  1. Demonstrate how crystallography and computational methods are used for drug development;

  1. Describe how combinatorial chemistry can be used in drug discovery, with particular reference to biological polymers;

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of reaction mechanisms and how they can aid in understanding the mode of action of a drug;

  1. Demonstrate practical skills through the practice of chemical synthesis in a laboratory;

  1. Demonstrate the capacity to work in small research groups, to solve problems and communicate science in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 40%
Mid-semester test (40 mins): 20%
Seminar/assignments: 10%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of three hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 or CHM2762. Students who have not completed and passed one of these units should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Andrews

Synopsis

A general description of the synthetic methods and characterization techniques that are used to prepare coordination complexes and organometallic compounds will be provided together with the tools and methodologies used in the determination of reaction mechanisms and, in particular, metal centred/mediated reactions. Techniques commonly used to study the structure and properties of inorganic complexes will be introduced through the practical classes and a problem based approach.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Derive the structural chemistry of transition metal complexes using various analytical techniques;

  1. Apply knowledge of chemical kinetics and thermodynamics to the stability of transition metal complexes;

  1. Describe and undertake the synthesis and characterisation of main group organometallic complexes;

  1. Understand and demonstrate the relationship between reactivity, selectivity and structure in main group organometallic complexes;

  1. Apply main group organometallic complexes in the asymmetric synthesis of bioactive molecules.

Assessment

One 2-hour examination: 50%
One mid-semester examination: 20%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rico Tabor

Synopsis

Advances in analytical science will involve the development and exploitation of advanced mass spectrometric, molecular spectroscopic and separation techniques. This unit concentrates on these approaches, and provides examples of how they can be applied in areas such as forensic and environmental science, genomics and forensic imaging. The remainder of the unit covers the use of spectroscopic, radiometric, separation and particle characterization techniques in automated monitoring and process analysis in a variety of industrial, clinical and environmental applications. Aspects of instrumentation, data processing and chemometrics will be emphasised in each analytical technique discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Operate analytical instruments competently and reliably;

  1. Understand the range of operational factors that lead to optimised performance of analytical instruments;

  1. Assimilate theoretical principles and practical aspects of analytical chemistry;

  1. Understand the range of application areas that analytical chemistry and analytical instrumentation are applied to;

  1. Appreciate the processes and limitations of different sampling methods.

Assessment

One 3-hour examination: 60%
Assignments and computer testing: 10%
Laboratory work and laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achieve and overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

CHM2911 and CHM2922. Students without these should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Perran Cook (Clayton); Dr. Ng Si Ling (Sunway)

Synopsis

The three major components of the environment, air, soil and water, are considered. Environmental issues related to energy are outlined. Soils: natural, constituents, properties; chemical processes; organic matter; fertility; acidity; salinity; remediation. Water: major components; nutrient pollution including consequences and tracing methods; water treatment including sewage treatment, drinking water treatment and artificial wetlands. Air and energy: importance to society; fossil fuel use; combating atmospheric problems associated with fossil fuel use; alternative fuels, including biofuels; CO2 emissions reduction, carbon capture and sequestration.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the major components and processes in the atmosphere, soils and water;

  1. Show awareness of a range of environmental problems;

  1. Understand the major options for overcoming environmental problems confronting our planet;

  1. Assess environmental problems and design appropriate monitoring programs;

  1. Use modern analytical instrumentation;

  1. Solve problems in environmental chemistry;

  1. Work in small groups and communicate effectively through the written and oral presentation of scientific data.

Assessment

One 3-hour examination: 50%
Laboratory work field trips and short laboratory reports and proforma reports: 30%
Assignments: 20%
Students must achieve a pass mark in their laboratory work to achive an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

6 points of level one chemistry and 6 points of level two chemistry. Students without this should consult the third year coordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Dr Kei Saito

Synopsis

The development of chemical tools that allow realisation of the concept of a sustainable future - meeting the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs - the basis for the course of sustainable chemistry. This will be dealt with in three interconnected streams: Introduction to Green Chemistry, Sustainable Energy technologies and Molecular Recognition.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have developed an understanding of sustainable chemistry and its importance in mapping out a sustainable future. The focus will be on green chemistry, sustainable energy technologies and molecular recognition. Students will gain an understanding of the principles of green chemistry, application of which leads to waste, hazard and energy use reduction, through the study of series of synthetic examples. In particular, many examples will be drawn from recent research papers and thus skills in comprehension and analysis of scholarly publications will be developed. Advances in sustainable energy technologies such as fuel cells, solar cells and rechargeable batteries and the chemical principles on which these rely will lead into concepts of molecular recognition and advantages offered for development of new devices and materials.

Assessment

One 2.5hour examination: 60%
Assignments: 10%
Laboratory work and short laboratory reports: 30%
Students must achieve an overall pass in their laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures/tutorials and the equivalent of 3 hours of laboratory activity per week

Prerequisites

6 points of level one chemistry and 6 points of level two chemistry. Students without these should consult the unit co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

CHM3971


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kellie Tuck

Synopsis

This course allows students to devote themselves to a substantial laboratory project as part of their final year of study in Chemistry. The project may be carried out within the School of Chemistry teaching and research laboratories or in an industrial laboratory by arrangement and approval of the Head of School. Allied with the practical work will be tutorial materials and discussion on formal matters relating to OH&S, database searching, data analysis and presentation and report presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of modern laboratory practices and procedures;

  1. Practice an in depth understanding of one or several aspects of modern practical chemistry;

  1. Demonstrate safe laboratory practices and apply OHSE principles;

  1. Use chemical databases to aid in the design of a project strategy;

  1. Analyse data associated with a project and relate this to overall project goals;

  1. Present their data and conclusions to the broader chemistry community in both oral and written formats;

  1. Analyse how their project links to the social and environmental responsibility of chemists in the global community.

Assessment

Laboratory work: 30%
Project report: 60%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

72 hours laboratory work per semester or equivalent

Prerequisites

Students must pass 24 points at second level with a distinction average, including 12 points minimum in the discipline directly related to the project.

Co-requisites

18 additional points of level three chemistry selected from CHM3911, CHM3922, CHM3941, CHM3952


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in a specialised area of chemistry. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature in their discipline;

  1. Understand, discuss and actively participate in the design, development and implementation of a research project;

  1. Execute, analyse and evaluate a set of laboratory-based exercises, showing an improved ability to work with minimal supervision and to implement their own ideas;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in computer-based literature searching word processing and other computer programs commonly used in their chosen chemistry discipline;

  1. Experience then discuss the breadth and diversity of the chemical sciences, specifically through, but not limited to, attendance at seminars;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in safe work practices for a chemical laboratory, including the use of MSDS and the performance of risk assessments;

  1. Synthesise and present in a format suitable for the discipline, experimental results and data analysis associated with the research project;

  1. Present orally the scientific research findings to an appropriate expert audience;

  1. Integrate the research findings from the project into the larger context of research in that particular field, primarily through completion of the required thesis;

  1. Demonstrate the capability to learn new technical skills within the research project ambit and use these proficiently and safely.

Assessment

Research Project with a written report in thesis form and oral defence and 2 x 15 minute oral presentation on the students research during the Honours year: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

CHM2911, CHM2922 and 24 points of level three CHM units including one of CHM3911 and CHM3952, and one of CHM3941 and CHM3922

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4100

Assessment

Refer to CHM4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4100

Assessment

Refer to CHM4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

All students will undertake a Professional Studies topic and one core topic defined by the School, as well as three elective topics from specialised areas of chemistry, such as pericyclic reactions, separation science, advanced organic synthesis, main group inorganic chemistry, supramolecular chemistry, computational chemistry and electron microscopy. Each topic will require students to attend 8 lecture equivalents making a total of 48 lecture equivalents for the unit. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Develop a realistic experimental plan, including a timeline, for the research project undertaken in CHM4100;

  1. Appreciate and outline the key principals in Intellectual Property as it relates to the discipline and the CHM4100 research project;

  1. Use and critically evaluate the extant OHS software;

  1. Efficiently and competently use appropriate bibliographic software (eg. EndNote);

  1. Explain the operation of, and where relevant and appropriate, competently use, the equipment discussed in the Workshops component of this course;

  1. Demonstrate an appropriate high level of understanding of the material presented in the selected lecture modules - this understanding is demonstrated through the relevant assessment tasks.

Assessment

Combination of examination and/or assignment (depending on the topic): 100%
Please consult the course coordinator about the assessment of individual topics.

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4201

Assessment

Refer to CHM4201

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Chemistry
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mike Grace

Synopsis

Refer to CHM4201

Assessment

Refer to CHM4201

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julia Young

Synopsis

Introduces the structure and function of eukaryotic cells including the diversity of cell structure and function. The concept that the many specialized cell types in the adult human body are derived from a single fertilized egg is emphasized, laying the foundations for future studies of stem cells and embryogenesis. The four primary tissues (epithelium, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous tissue) are described and students learn how these tissues develop in the growing embryo. Topics covered include early human development, gametogenesis, fertilization, blastocyst formation and implantation, formation of stem cell lineages, germ layers and early derivatives.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the diverse structures of eukaryotic cells;

  1. Explain how cells and extracellular matrix are arranged in primary tissues;

  1. Outline the key features and stages of early human and animal development;

  1. Identify specialised cell types, primary tissues and the cellular processes that produce diverse tissues;

  1. Explain the origin of major tissue types and how stem cells contribute to tissue renewal;

  1. Outline strategies to experimentally analyse gene and tissue function;

  1. Demonstrate an ability to research published scientific literature and effectively communicate their findings either orally or in writing.

Assessment

Practical reports: 20%
Mid-semester tests: 20%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

One of BIO1011, BIO1022, BMS1021 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ANT2321


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jeff Kerr

Synopsis

This unit provides students with basic knowledge of the structure of the human body. It describes how tissues are combined to form organs, and how organs and organ systems are organized to form adult body structure. The microscopic and macroscopic structure of the major organs and organ systems are covered, including the cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal, urinary, reproductive and nervous systems. Imaging modalities for examining the body are described including X-ray, CT, and MRI. The general body plan is described and how the body plan is established during embryogenesis is discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic microscopic and macroscopic anatomical structure of the human body and the major organ systems;

  1. Explain how the general body plan is established in the embryo and the processes of organogenesis;

  1. Explain how the structure of the adult body is a reflection of how the body developed in prenatal life;

  1. Describe the major congenital abnormalities associated with key organ systems;

  1. Work effectively in pairs and/or a group to develop and prepare a collaborative report;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to undertake practical-based research to address specific experimental questions in developmental biology;

  1. Demonstrate an ability to conduct literature-based research, to identify key knowledge and concepts in the field of developmental biology.

Assessment

Practical and laboratory assessments: 25%
Mid-semester tests: 25%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

DEV2011 or equivalent

Prohibitions

ANT2311, ANT2321, ANT2342


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Abud

Synopsis

This unit begins with an introduction to the concepts and experimental systems in developmental biology. How gene expression is regulated during development and thereby leads to the development of differentiated cells and tissues is considered. Communication between cells during development is described, as well as the key concepts of induction and competence. Some of the key early developmental processes and experimental strategies for studying developmental biology are covered. Finally, patterning and development of the body plan are described.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the molecular and cellular mechanisms that regulate animal development;

  1. Outline the strategies used to study mechanisms of development;

  1. Compare and contrast different developmental model systems;

  1. Demonstrate practical laboratory skills integral to the study of developmental biology including obtaining, documenting and interpreting data;

  1. Discuss and critically analyse developmental biology research papers;

  1. Collaborate effectively as a pair or in a group to complete academic tasks;

  1. Demonstrate effective communication by oral, visual and written means.

Assessment

Mid-semester on line-based MCQ test: 10%
Seminars: 25%
Practical reports: 15%
Final examination: 50%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and a 3 hour practical or equivalent per week.

Prerequisites

DEV2011 and DEV2022; or BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021 and BMS2031. Recommended: MOL2011.

Prohibitions

ANT3052


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jane Black

Synopsis

This unit considers the development of the major organs and organ systems of the body. The classical morphogenetic steps/stages in organ development are described, as well as the most up to date knowledge of the molecular/genetic and foetal/maternal environmental regulation of these morphogenetic processes. Organ systems covered include musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, central nervous, respiratory, gastrointestinal, renal and reproductive. Students will learn how abnormalities in genetic and/or environmental regulation of development lead to birth defects as well as chronic diseases in adulthood.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic development of the major organs and organ systems;

  1. Analyse the genetic and environmental regulation of organogenesis in the major organ systems;

  1. Explain how errors or perturbations in genetic and/or environmental regulation of development can lead to birth defects;

  1. Relate the relative contributions of endoderm, mesoderm and ectoderm in the formation of the tissues and organs of the adult body;

  1. Outline how suboptimal development can result in or predispose to adult chronic disease;

  1. Demonstrate familiarity with experimental strategies and techniques used to identify and study organogenesis and the regulation of organogenesis;

  1. Demonstrate an ability to interpret, discuss and present studies in developmental biology research.

Assessment

Seminars: 30%
Practical reports: 20%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two lectures, two hour practical class and one hour seminar per week.

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ANT3052


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Richard Boyd

Synopsis

This unit begins with an introduction to reproductive biology and fertilisation and underlying mechanisms of infertility. This will be followed by the characteristics and basic biology of embryonic stem cells. Subsequently adult stem cell biology, and inducible pluripotent stem cells will be introduced. The characteristics of stem cells in specific tissues are described, including haematopoiesis, the reproductive system, the kidney, gut and nervous system. Students also conduct a research project in reproductive biology and/or stem cells. Two moderated classroom discussions on commercialisation and ethical issues of stem cell research are also included.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic biology of the male and female reproductive systems;

  1. Describe the process of fertilisation and abnormalities associated with infertility;

  1. Describe the basic biology of stem cells and the status of research into their identification and characterisation;

  1. Explain current and potential future applications of stem cell therapies for the regeneration of diseased organs and how stem cells can be combined with factors and materials to engineer replacement tissues;

  1. Demonstrate practical laboratory skills and interpretation of scientific data in contemporary reproductive biology and/or stem cell research;

  1. Outline the controversies surrounding the commercialisation and ethics of stem cell research;

  1. Demonstrate critical and independent thinking in the synthesis of a research report and scientific presentation.

Assessment

Mini-poster presentation on the laboratory placement research project: 20%
On-line practical class assessment: 10%
Written report on one of the issues covered by the moderated discussions: 10%
Final examination: 60%

Contact hours

Two lectures per week. 15 hours research placement in a stem cell research laboratory (over 7 weeks): Two 3-hour moderated class discussions, one 3-hour wet practical class and two 3-hour IT-based practical class exercises.

Prerequisites

DEV2011 and DEV2022, or BMS1062, BMS2011, BMS2021 and BMS2031.
Recommended: MOL2011.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stuart Ellem

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Developmental Biology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Anatomy & Developmental Biology. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work. Students will also undertake an informal written open-book exam comprising 3 brief essays based on weekly tutorials.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Anatomy and Developmental biology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline Anatomy and Developmental biology.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 mins, 10% and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction average over 24 points at second year level and by permission of the Unit Convenor or the Head of Department.


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator, the Department of Anatomy & Developmental Biology website and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Literature review of research project: 15%
Written thesis: 65%
Thesis defence: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4100

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4100

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Students present two research seminars relevant to their research topic in DEV4100 and undertake a written exam related to the research process. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator, the Department of Anatomy & Developmental Biology website and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Seminars (two): 30% each
Examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4200

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Robert De Matteo

Synopsis

Refer to DEV4200

Assessment

Refer to DEV4100 and DEV4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marion Anderson

Synopsis

This unit is a core unit in the Bachelor of Environmental Science degree. Topics include: the beginning and evolution of the Universe, Solar System and Earth; planetary geology and the structure and chemistry of the Earth and other planets; geological evolution of the Earth, relative and absolute scales in geological time; plate tectonics and the structure of the Earth's crust; minerals and igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks and processes; formation and evolution of life, atmosphere and oceans on the Earth and other planets during geological time, geology and the environment.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the birth, evolution and age of the universe and solar system;

  1. Describe the Earth's structure and chemistry as well as some of the tools that have been used to discover them;

  1. Discuss the evolution of the Earth's crust over geological time;

  1. Describe geologic time in relative and absolute terms;

  1. Identify and describe minerals and rocks, including some of their properties;

  1. Discuss some of the processes involved in sedimentation, volcanic and igneous activity and metamorphism;

  1. Describe theories on the origin and evolution of life, the atmosphere and oceans on Earth.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work, quizzes, assignments and a field excursion: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vanessa Wong, Ailie Gallant and Dr Simon Connor

Synopsis

This unit is a core unit in the BEnvSc degree. Explains Australia's present patterns of landform, soil, biota and climate through an understanding of past events and environments. The focus on change is carried over into future environmental management issues. An example environmental issue, uranium mining, highlights the multidisciplinary nature of environmental science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Be aware of the nature and importance of the evolutionary pathways that have led to the contemporary Australian physical environment;

  1. Contrast competing theories that seek to account for Australian landscape and environmental development;

  1. Understand the value of an historical or evolutionary view of the Australian physical environment;

  1. Examine and report on environmental features observed during geographical fieldwork;

  1. Synthesise and express geographical ideas in writing;

  1. Interpret and manipulate some common forms of geographical data, including geospatial data.

Assessment

Written (1500 words): 35%
Examinations (2.5 hours): 35%
Practical and fieldwork reports: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

4.5 hours per week (3 lectures per week, and the equivalent of up to 3 hours practical/ tutorial per fortnight), plus one 2.5 day field excursion

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Bronwyn Isaac

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the global environment and its basic natural systems. The fundamental structure and functioning of the natural systems is explored, emphasising the processes of living systems and their relationships with physical processes, including those associated with geology and climate. Major themes include the diversity and interrelationships of the biotic and abiotic components of the environment, the nature of environmental change, and human impacts on both biotic and abiotic components of natural systems. The level of study will range from local issues to regional and global impacts. The unit is taught by internal lectures, tutorials and fieldwork, and also by distance education.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the Earth's basic natural systems;

  1. Discuss the structure and functions of ecosystems, with particular emphasis on Australian systems;

  1. Discuss the diversity of plants and animals, and their relationships with their habitats;

  1. Discuss the processes of change of habitats, ecosystems and the global environment;

  1. Explain the evolution of Australian ecosystems;

  1. Discuss the impact of human activity on natural systems;

  1. Discuss the origins and impacts of a selection of current environmental problems, including local and global issues.

Assessment

Three assignments: 45%
Examination (2 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 x 1-hour lectures per week and the equivalent of 2-3 hours of practical/tutorial/fieldwork per fortnight

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Bronwyn Isaac

Synopsis

This unit emphasises the basic physical and chemical processes involved in creating and shaping the physical environment. Relevant human impacts and management issues are discussed. Topics covered include environmental ethics; the structure of the Earth; plate tectonics; minerals, rocks and weathering; earthquakes, volcanoes and glaciation; streams and flooding; mass movement; coastal zones; energy resources; waste management; sustainable development. There is no prerequisite for this subject.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the physical processes involved in creating and shaping the physical environment - those changes in the environment over which humans have no control, and those which we are able to control and manage;

  1. Discuss some of the ethical and economic factors that influence our approach to resource management;

  1. Describe the basic geological processes and structures occurring within the environmental systems of the Earth;

  1. Use basic terminology to describe geological and hydrological systems;

  1. Discuss the various resources used by plants and animals (including humans) for their existence, and ways in which these can be adequately managed and maintained;

  1. Identify a range of representative rocks and minerals;

  1. Discuss the role that humans can take in managing the physical environment;

  1. Assess the human impacts on selected environmental resources, critically comment on the existing management of those resources and propose an effective resource management plan.

Assessment

Two assignments: 40%
Examination (2.5 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and the equivalent of three hours of practical/tutorial/fieldwork per fortnight

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Robyn Wilson

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the tropical environments of Southeast Asia from coral reefs and mangrove swamps to lowland rainforests and mountains. It explores the flora, fauna, climate, biogeography and ecosystems of the region. A comparison is made with the Australian environment and other ecosystems of the world. Human impacts on the environment such as pollution, energy use, food production and human population growth are discussed and ameliorative measures explored. The field trip enables students to compare the ecological processes of three different tropical environments.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of environmental issues in the Southeast Asian region;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the diversity of ecosystems and flora and fauna in SE Asia in comparison with other regions of the world;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the importance of weather, climate, geology, biogeography, nutrient cycles, community interactions, on the ecology of SE Asian plants and animals;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of conservation issues in SE Asia, in particular with respect to human impacts;

  1. Access and critically analyse sources of scientific information;

  1. Exhibit scientific writing skills.

Assessment

Field trip assignment: 10%
Essay: 15%
Mid-semester test 20%
Final examination: 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures per week, 1 hour tutorial per week, 1 day field trip per semester

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)To be confirmed

Synopsis

Introduction to quantitative methods in environmental monitoring; types of environmental impacts; populations and sampling. Statistics for monitoring. Biological monitoring. Origins, types of measurement of chemical pollution. Manual and automated sampling and in-situ analysis techniques. Quality assurance issues. Introduction to spatial databases and techniques. Micro-meteorological measurements. Gaseous and particulate matter in the atmosphere. Batch sampling and continuous methods of air quality monitoring. Soils and sediments. Surface and groundwater hydrochemistry. Surface water hydrology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the need to perform environmental surveys and monitoring programs and the importance of good experimental design in these programs, including the statistical basis for the design of monitoring programs;

  1. Explain the importance of quality assurance issues in environmental monitoring programs;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the sampling and monitoring techniques and devices for use in the monitoring of air, water, groundwater, sediments and soils and biota;

  1. Plan, design and implement a sampling and monitoring program, analyse and interpret data derived from such programs, communicate the results of environmental monitoring surveys and work effectively in a multi-disciplinary team environment;

  1. Integrate theory and information drawn from several disciplines into all aspects of monitoring and survey programs.

Assessment

Examination: 45%
Practical class reports and assignments: 15%
Field report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and five 3-hour practicals and a one day field trip.

Prohibitions

ENV3002


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

An introductory section on systematics and phylogeny will establish relationships between the structure, function and evolutionary history of major groups of organisms. These major groups will be introduced and defined in terms of their basic structure and features. Life cycle, habits and habitat will be discussed. Attention will be paid to the diversity of ways in which various members of each group achieve key biological functions such as: feeding; reproduction; gas exchange and locomotion. Representative organisms will be chosen to illustrate the importance of their ecological roles. The process of ecological restoration in degraded ecosystems will also be considered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the requirements of living things and demonstrate an understanding of the different ways in which organisms meet these requirements;

  1. Identify the major plant and animal phyla, and the major lineages within these;

  1. Explain the importance of several key evolutionary events;

  1. Relate the taxonomy of the major plant and animal phyla, and the major lineages within these, to their structure and function;

  1. Use field guides and dichotomous keys to identify organisms;

  1. Describe the ecological role of several representative species and relate this to the use of such species in restoring degraded ecosystems.

Assessment

End of semester examination (3 hours): 60%
Practical and tutorial exercises: 20%
Major assignment - restoring ecosystems: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and two hours of practical classes per fortnight; plus a one-day field trip.

Off-campus attendance requirements

An optional field trip will be available to OCL students.

Prerequisites

ENV1711 and either BIO1711 or BIO1722 or an equivalent.

Prohibitions

A student who has passed two or more of: BIO2181, BIO2231, BIO2242 and BIO2282 will not be permitted to enrol in ENV2712.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Bronwyn Isaac (Gippsland); Dr. Robyn Wilson (Sunway)

Synopsis

ENV2726 begins with an overview of biodiversity and biological resources and the issues involved in the conserving and sustainable management of these resources. Reasons for, and methods of, measuring and monitoring species, populations, habitats, communities and ecosystems are explored with the aim of addressing environmental problems such as habitat loss and species loss, and the impacts of these on ecosystem function and therefore on biological resources. Specific case studies are presented. The subject continues with the identification and discussion of factors which may affect the sustainable management of biological resources. Students will choose a case study and examine, in project work, how such factors may affect a specific conservation program.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the major issues relating to the sustainable use of biological resources;

  1. Explain the methods of conservation at various levels (eg. species, population, community, ecosystem etc.) and discuss the various conservation strategies that are available;

  1. Express their opinions regarding the usefulness or desirability of particular conservation and/or management strategies in particular circumstances;

  1. Identify and discuss various issues, which can affect conservation attempts and apply knowledge of these issues in order to recommend conservation strategies for real or hypothetical situations;

  1. Identify the importance of healthy ecosystems and biological resources in the wider field of resource management.

Assessment

Assignments: 50%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial per week, plus an average of approximately 2 hours practical exercises per week (including field excursions and assignment work)

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BIO2042 and BIO2031


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Tony Patti

Synopsis

Topics include the nature of soil, its formation and classification; physical, chemical, and biological properties of soil; soil organic matter; chemistry of the nutrients in soil including ion exchange, ion sorption, redox potential; environmental impact of soil salinity, acidity and soil erosion and their management practices; effect of human inputs and activities on soils including agrochemicals, agricultural and industrial wastes and pollutants.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the fundamental properties of soil and its composition;

  1. Explain the role of physical, chemical and biological properties of soil in maintaining soil fertility;

  1. Summarise the chemistry of essential plant nutrients including N, P, K, and trace metals;

  1. Give selected examples of the biotransformation of plant nutrients;

  1. Discuss environmental and resource issues relevant to soil including acidity, salinity, soil erosion, chemical pollution, soil management practices and effects of human inputs to soil;

  1. Use selected laboratory and field techniques to assess soil chemical and physical properties.

Assessment

Written examination: 60%
Written assignments/field excursion report: 15%
Laboratory work: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours lectures/tutorial per week and 3 hours of practical work per week

Prerequisites

One of CHM1022, CHM1639 or CHM1742; or one of CHM1011, CHM1031 or CHM1731 together with ATS2774


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lau Khim Heng

Synopsis

The unit uses an ecological approach to examine the relationship between human health and their environment. Various factors in the physical, chemical, and biological environment are studied from an epidemiological perspective. Case studies introduce students to ways of assessing environmental hazards, and control measures are discussed. Current environmental health issues such as world health, air pollution, and climate change are considered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the major environmental factors that influence human health;

  1. Demonstrate a basic level of understanding of the mechanisms involved in the spread of diseases within human populations;

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of the factors involved in risk assessment and risk communication;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the epidemiology of infectious diseases and the use of immunisation to control the spread of infections in populations;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of food contamination and the public health measures used to control food quality and investigate food poisoning outbreaks;

  1. Describe the common infections caused by waterborne pathogens and water testing and treatment;

  1. Describe common physical hazards and their effects on human health and the public health measures designed to protect the public from these hazards;

  1. Access and critically analyse sources of scientific information.

Assessment

Journal article critique: 10%
Internet research assessment: 10%
Written assignment (2000-3000 words): 20%
End-of-semester examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour practical work/field work per week

Prerequisites

One of ENV1616, ENV1711, ENV1800, BIO1637, BIO1711 or BIO1022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Tony Patti

Synopsis

Existing and emerging green technologies that assist in assessing, minimising and remediating the environmental impacts of people on the environment will be considered. The technologies covered will span atmospheric pollution, hydrologic disturbance and contamination (surface and groundwaters) and soil contamination. Students will become familiar their strengths and limitations. A first-hand experience of technological approaches to impact management, through field site visits where particular technologies are in use, is a feature of the course. Aspects of the economic and legislative issues related to the management of the environment and the use of technologies will also be covered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will have a broad understanding of the impacts of human activity on the environment; be aware of the role played by technology in the broad area of environmental management; be aware of the range of technologies and emerging green technologies, available for managing the state of the environment and human impacts on it, and for minimising and remediating those impacts. Understand the operating principles, applications, strengths and shortcomings of key technologies in surface water, groundwater, soil and air, quality management.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 55%
group research project (2000 words): 15%
oral presentation (10 minutes): 10%
two reports on site visits (500 words each): 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and the equivalent of two hours of tutorial/group discussion per week, including at least two field trips

Prerequisites

ATS3546 or ENV3011; except for students enrolled in the Bachelor of Environmental Engineering and Bachelor of Science double degree who are exempt from this rule


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Vincent Verheyen

Synopsis

This unit focuses on environmental management issues relevant to the extraction and production of minerals and energy; and the environmental impacts of these processes. Aspects covered include economic geology, recovery of resources, renewable resources, economic use of energy in conversion to products, basic economics of world trade including material balance, and policies for conservation of the environment as well as the resource. Study guides and a reader (including case studies) will be issued to guide the student in each topic area. Laboratory/tutorials/field work will enhance the theory. Students will be encouraged to develop and express their own views on strategies for alternative/renewable energy sources and materials for a sustainable future.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe mechanisms for deposition, distribution and discovery of resources;

  1. Discuss methods of recovery, upgrading, value-adding and the material balance of global trade;

  1. Discriminate between good and poor conservation or resource management practises;

  1. Present a balanced view of industrial and environmental needs;

  1. Make value judgements on the importance of sustainable resource development;

  1. Demonstrate awareness of factors leading to the need for implementing alternatives to mineral and energy resources and plan effectively for future needs.

Assessment

Examination: 50%
Assignment: 30%
Laboratory-field work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week including home study, field work, plus optional 2 days on-campus at vacation school

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wendy Wright

Synopsis

Topics covered include the reserve system, the role of government, flora and fauna management and protection, indigenous land management, fire ecology and management, human environmental impacts, ecotourism, forest management and general management strategies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the basic ecological, conservation, social economic and management principles that are necessary to formulate a management plan for a natural area such as a national park, state park or state forest;

  1. Explain the role of government and legislation in this planning activity;

  1. Critically evaluate natural area management issues and plans using knowledge of the techniques for flora and fauna management, and fire and visitor management.

Assessment

Written assignments and practical work: 40%
End-of-semester examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week plus an average of approximately two hours practical exercises per week (including field excursions and assignment work).

Prerequisites

ENV1722 and six points of level two ENV units


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Bronwyn Isaac

Synopsis

This unit examines the role of government, industry and other stakeholders in environmental management. It introduces, examines, explains, analyses and applies the relevant features of environmental management and its associated tools, including environmental auditing and improvement plans, environmental impact assessment and the use of digital mapping technologies such as Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and Geographical Information Systems (GIS) . It explores ethical issues associated with environmental decision making. It is concerned with best practice environmental management and is designed to prepare students for a career in natural resource management, drawing case studies from a range of industries.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the roles and responsibilities of government and the various governmental agencies in environmental matters;

  1. Describe the purpose, role and structure of environmental management systems and apply them in practical industrial settings;

  1. Explain the role, value and limitations of environmental impact assessment and apply this process;

  1. Critically examine and evaluate the effectiveness of an environment effects statement;

  1. Describe health and environmental effects from industrially-related activities;

  1. Discuss the procedures required to plan and manage environmental issues and explain the role of environmental ethics in managing environmental issues;

  1. Recognise the role of digital mapping tools such as Global Positioning Systems (GPS) and Geographical Information Systems (GIS) in the management of natural resources.

Assessment

Major assignment (2,500 words): 25%
Minor assignment (1,000 words): 10%
Field activity participation and reports: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and one hour of tutorial per week, plus 1-2 site visits/fieldwork

Off-campus attendance requirements

OCL students undertake a non-compulsory 2-day residential school program

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

Establishment of a waste reduction and waste-to-resource culture; Sustainable waste management in the context of greenhouse gas emissions and renewable energy generation; Solid waste disposal and recycling (municipal, C&I, C&D); Treatment/remediation options and disposal of hazardous chemicals; Landfill management; Biological (aerobic and anaerobic) and chemical/physical remediation techniques of recalcitrant organic compounds such as petrochemicals in soils and aquifers; The use of substitutes to minimise environmental impact; Integrating cleaner production opportunities with triple bottom line criteria and life cycle analysis; Case studies are drawn from process industries and historical catastrophes; Scheduled site visit to resource recovery and landfill facility.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain basic biological, physical and chemical principles behind management and remediation of industrial and municipal wastes;

  1. Discuss the remediation of recalcitrant materials in the environment;

  1. Develop waste management solutions on the basis of tried or potential remediation/management strategies;

  1. Identify areas within an industrial process that may be improved upon in order to achieve waste minimisation, recycling, greater materials efficiencies, process or operational optimisation;

  1. Work effectively in a team to identify and develop solutions to waste management problems.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments (including report on site visit): 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 x 1-hour lectures and 1 x 1-hour tutorial per week and 1-2 site visits

Prerequisites

CHM1022 or CHM1752, and CHM2752. Students enrolled in the BCivEnvEng must also do ENG3203.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marion Anderson

Synopsis

The beginning and evolution of the Universe, Solar System and Earth; planetary geology and the structure and chemistry of the Earth and other planets; geological evolution of the Earth, relative and absolute scales in geological time; plate tectonics and the structure of the Earth's crust; minerals and igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks and processes; formation and evolution of life, atmosphere and oceans on the Earth and other planets during geological time, geology and the environment.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the birth, evolution and age of the universe and solar system;

  1. Describe the Earth's structure and chemistry as well as some of the tools that have been used to discover them;

  1. Discuss the evolution of the Earth's crust over geological time;

  1. Describe geologic time in relative and absolute terms;

  1. Identify and describe minerals and rocks, including some of their properties;

  1. Discuss some of the processes involved in sedimentation, volcanic and igneous activity and metamorphism;

  1. Describe theories on the origin and evolution of life, the atmosphere and oceans on Earth.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work, quizzes, assignment and a field excursion: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Marion Anderson

Synopsis

A continuation of the introduction to Geosciences. Topics include: Plate tectonics; formation and evolution of ocean basins and continents, earthquakes and volcanoes, mountain ranges and the formation of coal, petroleum and mineral deposits; the formation of rocks in various sedimentary environments and how rocks and the crust deform over geologic time; palaeontology and the evolution of life in Earth's history; the importance of groundwater hydrology, aqueous geochemistry and transport of elements in waters of the Earth's surface and crust.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the major features of ocean basins and continents, and describe some of the processes which form them;

  1. Discuss the processes of sedimentation and use the information tied up in sedimentary rocks to infer their environments of deposition;

  1. Identify the features of, and recognise and explain the processes which deform rocks and minerals;

  1. Describe the geologic evolution of Australia and, more specifically, Victoria;

  1. Explain how fossils can be used to study the evolution of life through geologic time, and use them to infer past palaeoclimatics;

  1. Discuss different types of ore, coal and petroleum deposits and explain some of the processes that form them;

  1. Explain and apply aspects of geosciences which are important to the environment;

  1. Explain some of the aspects of remote sensing and how they relate to the study of our planet and other planets.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Laboratory work, quizzes, assignment and two field excursions: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

ESC1011, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Synopsis

Investigates evolutionary patterns of Gondwana fauna, for 3.8 billion years. Topics: origin of life, metazoan origins in late Precambrian, Cambrian 'explosion' of shelled organisms, rapid evolution and mass extinctions (acritarchs, dinosaurs), biologic effect extraterrestrial impacts, vulcanism, changing climate and geography (impact of developing aridity on biota, 'Snowball Earth' metazoan origins), origin of major animal groups (molluscs, marsupials). Emphasis on strengths/weaknesses of interpretive methods and how complex science can be presented to a wide audience. Optional Field Trip.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recount some detail of the course of life on Earth from 3.8 billion years to present;

  1. Interpret the effect that tectonic plate movement and the waxing and waning of continents and ocean basins have had on the biosphere, climate and environments through time;

  1. Summarise the background to the formation of the modern biosphere of Australasia - that modern environments and climate in Australia are very atypical, and how this has impact on the future predictions of climatic and environmental change;

  1. Appraise how the fossil record can be used in the dating of rock sequences;

  1. Elucidate how the biosphere interacts significantly with the physical environment;

  1. Outline the history of research in palaeontology on the Australian continent;

  1. Illustrate how to present a research paper at a scientific meeting in the form of an oral presentation and a poster, how to interpret scientific research to a public audience and also how to deal with the media.

Assessment

Poster (A0): 15%
Oral Presentation: 15%
Examination (2 hour): 30%
Laboratory work: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Synopsis

An integrated understanding of processes that build and modify the Earth's crust. This unit uses the broad framework of plate tectonics to define the nature of all major geological environments and processes. The unit deals with where and how mountain belts form, an introduction to describing structures and their significance, and where and how sedimentary basins form. It also covers sedimentation and understanding the evolution of the atmosphere through time, changes in climate and hence palaeobiology in a plate tectonic context.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Relate geological processes to global tectonic settings and to demonstrate a broad, integrated overview of crustal processes on planet Earth;

  1. Understand global volcanism and how volcanic rocks constrain past tectonic regime;

  1. Comprehend mountain-building processes, and to be able to recognise the products of tectonics (metamorphosed and deformed rocks) to decipher tectonic processes;

  1. Explain earthquakes and deep earth structure;

  1. Recount basin evolution and evaluate the sedimentological and palaeontological record of basins.

Assessment

Two closed book examinations (2 hours each): 50%
Practical examination: 10%
Practical/fieldwork: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, two hours of practical/tutorial classes per week and two 2-day field trips

Prerequisites

ESC1011 and ESC1022, or by permission from the Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Folkes

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the internal structure of the Earth, plate tectonics and related magmatism/volcanism. We will study how and when rocks melt, and how melts evolve into a variety of magmatic rocks as observed in the field, hand specimen, and under the microscope. We will also study how we determine the age of rocks, the Earth and the solar system. Hydrogeology discusses the flow of groundwater in the shallow Earth's crust and the chemistry of groundwater as an indication of past and present hydrogeological processes, including contamination, salinity, and acid mine drainage

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the large-scale internal structure and composition of the Earth and its various reservoirs;

  1. Recognise where and when melting takes place on Earth to create magmas and how to discriminate between different magmas and their tectonic settings using various geochemical methods;

  1. Understand the dynamics of the Earth's mantle and crust in more detail and the mantle-crust relationship;

  1. Identify igneous rocks and minerals in hand specimen and by using the petrographic microscope - this will then allow the student to propose the likely magmatic history and tectonic setting of unknown igneous rock samples;

  1. Discover the basis of groundwater flow and geochemistry in determining hydrogeological processes and the application of this to environmental issues (eg. salinity and acid mine drainage);

  1. Identify the behaviour of minerals and the roles they play in biogeochemical systems;

  1. Understand the nature and relationship of the terrestrial planets and meteorites in our solar system.

Assessment

Practical work: 25%
Practical exam: 15%
Two examinations (2 hours each): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

ESC2022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Sandy Cruden

Synopsis

On the successful completion of this unit the student will be able to understand the basic concepts of geological mapping, understand the principles and methods of acquiring structural, sedimentological and stratigraphic data in the field, construct accurate geological maps and cross-sections based on field data, read and understand geological maps, understand the origin of geological information expressed in the literature, synthesise large amounts of geological data, and present conclusions derived from field geology in oral and written form. A six-day intensive mapping camp in the Buchan area of eastern Victoria is a major component of the course.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of geological mapping, a fundamental part of understanding earth processes, including the type of information contained on geological maps and how that information is vital to a complete understanding of regional geology;

  1. Understand how structural, sedimentological and stratigraphic data are obtained in the field and how such data helps us to understand geological evolution;

  1. Construct accurate geological maps and cross-sections based on field data acquired by the student;

  1. Read and understand geological maps in general;

  1. Understand the origin of field-based geological information presented in the literature;

  1. Synthesise large amounts of geological data and express the findings in a final scientific report and orally;

  1. Demonstrate safe behaviour in the field.

Assessment

Geological map, cross-sections and field report: 60%
Assessment of field skills: 5%
Practical assessment: 10%
Literature review (2000 words): 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 3-hour tutorial per week. Six field days (Eastern Victoria)

Prerequisites

ESC2111 or permission of the Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC2061, ESC2062


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Tomkins

Synopsis

This subject is an introduction to classification, distribution and characteristics of metalliferous ore deposits. An understanding of ore deposit genesis is developed via an Earth Systems approach. The tectonic settings of ore deposits are considered within the context of the plate tectonic paradigm, and global metallogenic events throughout Earth's history. This includes a brief introduction to the minerals industry, including mining and exploration practices. Practical classes will examine sample sets from around the world and focus on developing and understanding of ore deposit genesis, and on developing skills suitable for the minerals industry. Fieldwork consists of an excursion to examine the ore deposits of Victoria.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise and describe different styles of mineralisation and associated alteration in rock specimens and thin sections;

  1. Describe the characteristic mineralogical, structural and host-rock features of a range of important mineral deposit types;

  1. Explain the current hypotheses for genesis of a range of mineral deposit types;

  1. Combine scientific data to form a hypothesis that can be used in mineral exploration for a range of ore deposit types;

  1. Combine scientific data to design and evaluate strategies to efficiently and economically extract ores from known mineral deposits;

  1. Work as a geologist in the minerals industry.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical Examination: 10%
Laboratory work/assignments/field excursions: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week, and one 1-day field excursion

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Tomkins

Synopsis

This unit consists of a 10 day field trip to New Zealand. The field trip will outline various aspects of the geology of New Zealand including active arc volcanoes, geothermal systems, seismically active zones, major fault systems, allochtonous terranes, obducted ophiolites, large braided river systems, active glacial systems, and epithermal gold systems. The unit will traverse New Zealand from South Island to North Island and will focus on the volcanic and neotectonic elements of this geologically dynamic country.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise, describe and interpret structures in a neotectonic environment;

  1. Assess kinematic directions associated with shear zones;

  1. Explain variations in seismicity in different tectonic environments;

  1. Distinguish between hotspot and subduction related volcanism and associated geothermal systems;

  1. Explain the tectonic evolution of New Zealand and its relationship to Australia.

Assessment

Outcrop presentation: 30%
Logging exercises: 30%
Scientific report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One two hour lecture and an 80 hour field course

Prerequisites

Only 10 positions are available and these will be offered on the basis of academic merit in ESC2111, ESC2122 and ESC2132.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

A three-week field camp during the mid-year vacation, the unit aims to teach the skills of geological mapping in a classic field location of Australian geology. The emphasis will be on observing, recording, and interpreting geologic phenomena in the field. Students will draw on a theoretical background of lectures and laboratory studies in first, second and third-year geology to analyse real rocks in the real world. Students will use their observations and interpretations to construct geological maps and cross-sections and determine the geological history of a complex poly-deformed terrane.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Observe and interpret the distribution of lithologies and structures in the field;

  1. Describe the basic concepts of field mapping techniques;

  1. Produce a geological map and cross-sections from field observations;

  1. Determine the relationship between structure and metamorphic assemblages;

  1. Visualise complex three dimensional geometries;

  1. Unravel the geological history of one of the most complexly deformed terranes on the planet;

  1. Determine overprinting relationships from field geology;

  1. Communicate results in a written report;

  1. Work in a team environment and communicate of results with peers.

Assessment

Geological map and cross section: 70%
Written reports and exercises: 20%
Field performance: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three weeks over the mid-year vacation

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright and Dr Sasha Wilson

Synopsis

Advanced concepts of groundwater flow. Sustainable use of groundwater resources. Chemistry of groundwater and water rock interaction. Groundwater-surface water interactions. Weathering processes and rates of natural and anthropogenic sites. CO2 sequestration. Mine site processes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the hydrologic cycle, in particular groundwater;

  1. Understand the physical controls on groundwater flow and the impacts that pumping, artificial recharge and land use changes have on natural flow systems;

  1. Understand the origins of solutes in groundwater and water-rock interaction, groundwater-surface water interaction, processes of weathering of natural and anthropogenically impacted sites;

  1. Understand CO2 sequestration by weathering processes;

  1. Understand the environmental impacts of mine wastes.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Laboratory work/assignments/field excursions: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week, and one 1 or 2-day field excursion

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

This unit allows students to devote themselves to a major research project during third year. The project may involve field and/or laboratory work and will introduce the student to geoscience research including independent study, problem solving, data generation, analysis, and report writing. The experience gained in the unit will serves as training for postgraduate or professional research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Generate geological/geochemical data;

  1. Manipulate geological/geochemical data;

  1. Interpret geological/geochemical data;

  1. Present the outcomes of a research project both orally and in written form.

Assessment

Literature Review: 25%
Project Report: 75%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Must have passed both ESC2111 and ESC2122 with a distinction average

Co-requisites

18 additional points of third year geosciences units selected from ESC3162, ESC3190, ESC3201, ESC3232, ESC3311, ESC3332, or ESC3421


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roberto Weinberg

Synopsis

Geology is essentially a forensic science, and every geologist needs to know the vital clues to look for in rocks in order to work out how the earth evolved. The unit will:

  1. focus on case studies from modern and ancient mountain belts
  2. teach the basic skills necessary to unravel the history of deformation and metamorphism in zones of the Earth's crust affected by tectonism
  3. show how these observations can be linked and used to infer the large scale evolution of the earth.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify and classify small to large scale structures and interpret their significance;

  1. Apply concepts of geometric and kinematic structural analysis;

  1. Identify deformational behaviour of major rock forming minerals at different conditions;

  1. Recognise and describe different type of metamorphic rocks in rock specimen and thin section;

  1. Understand different types of metamorphism and their relations to distinct tectonic settings;

  1. Quantify the conditions of metamorphism;

  1. Identify metamorphic reactions using mineral textures and apply this knowledge to define P-T-t paths of metamorphic rocks;

  1. Understand basic thermodynamic concepts behind metamorphism and deformation;

  1. Combine scientific data to understand the relationship between metamorphism and deformation.

Assessment

Closed book theory examination (2 hours): 45%
Open book practical examination (3 hours): 25%
Ongoing assessment of practical exercises submitted after each case study: 30%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jeffrey Stilwell

Synopsis

Investigates evolutionary patterns of Gondwana fauna, for 3.8 billion years. Topics: origin of life, metazoan origins in late Precambrian, Cambrian 'explosion' of shelled organisms, rapid evolution and mass extinctions (acritarchs, dinosaurs), biologic effect extraterrestrial impacts, vulcanism, changing climate and geography (impact of developing aridity on biota, 'Snowball Earth' metazoan origins), origin of major animal groups (molluscs, marsupials). Emphasis on strengths/weaknesses of interpretive methods and how complex science can be presented to a wide audience. Optional Field Trip.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recount some detail of the course of life on Earth from 3.8 billion years to present;

  1. Interpret the effect that tectonic plate movement and the waxing and waning of continents and ocean basins have had on the biosphere, climate and environments through time;

  1. Summarise the background to the formation of the modern biosphere of Australasia - that modern environments and climate in Australia are very atypical, and how this has impact on the future predictions of climatic and environmental change;

  1. Appraise how the fossil record can be used in the dating of rock sequences;

  1. Elucidate how the biosphere interacts significantly with the physical environment;

  1. Outline the history of research in palaeontology on the Australian continent;

  1. Illustrate how to present a research paper at a scientific meeting in the form of an oral presentation and a poster, how to interpret scientific research to a public audience and also how to deal with the media.

Assessment

Poster (A0) and Essay (2000 words) worth 10% each: 20%
Oral Presentation: 10%
Examination (2 hour): 30%
Laboratory work: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week.

Prerequisites

24 points of level one units

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

This unit will give a broad introduction to geophysical methods for students interested in the application of physics and mathematics for mineral exploration and general earth studies. Methods for gathering, processing and interpreting gravity, magnetic and radiometric data are presented in order to provide geological constraints for mineral exploration, regional mapping and numerical models. This unit includes an introduction to regional synthesis and structural geology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the physical principles relating to observations of gravity, magnetics, and radiometric data;

  1. Discuss the fundamental parameters and the limitations of the equipment available for field work;

  1. Use basic methods of data processing;

  1. Employ data display and analysis tools;

  1. Use qualitative and quantitative methods of interpretation;

  1. Generate a geological synthesis using case histories.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Practical: 40%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45%, unless their aggregate mark is lower in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

This unit covers the planetary scale structure and dynamics of the Earth, and the fundamental processes which create 'geology' as a natural consequence of Earth evolution. The unit will provide an understanding of the subtle interplay between Earth structure, planetary cooling, geomagnetism, mantle convection, plate tectonics, continental drift, heat flow, earthquakes, melt generation etc, and the diverse measurements/ models needed to gain this understanding including seismicity, seismic tomography, gravity, changing sea level, post-glacial rebound etc. It will concentrate on an integrated, quantitative, model-based approach to the geosciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how the cooling of the Earth leads to internal convection;

  1. Describe how a mobile surface and horizontal stresses arise from convective motion;

  1. Visualise plate tectonics as an emergent phenomenon;

  1. Describe the basic principles of plate tectonic reconstruction;

  1. Describe how plate tectonics influences the rotation of the Earth and can change the global climate;

  1. Identify from surface observations how the tectonic stresses are balanced in different geological settings;

  1. Interpret maps of global gravity, stress, earthquake distribution, topography / bathymetry and the underlying mantle structure through seismic tomography.

Assessment

Practicals: 20%
Assignment: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45% unless their aggregate mark is lower, in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

12 credit points at level two in ESC, PHS or MTH units


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Peter Betts

Synopsis

This unit will provide an opportunity for more numerate students to investigate advanced topics in geophysical surveys, system development, imaging and analysis. It will cater for cross-discipline studies in physics, mathematics, electronics, IT, and geospatial technology. Students will gain an appreciation of innovation in instrumentation and application of new technology for sub-surface imaging.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Generate geophysical data;

  1. Manipulate geophysical data;

  1. Interpret geophysical data;

  1. Present the outcomes of a research project both orally and in written form.

Assessment

Combination of written exam(s), assessed practical(s), report(s), and/or oral presentation(s). The details of assessment will be determined and agreed between third year co-ordinator and student(s) in writing at the beginning of the project.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent course work or independent study to 6 points of 3rd year.

Prerequisites

12 credit points at level two in ESC, PHS or MTH units.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Fabio Capitanio

Synopsis

Sediments: will deal with sediments from a global to microscopic scale, examining the main types of clastic and chemical sediments, their provenance and influences on their mode and environment of deposition. Basins: will examine the variety of sedimentary basins, how they develop and fill, and include aspects of seismic interpretation, well logging and subsidence histories. Resources: will study the generation and accumulation of hydrocarbons and the formation of coal deposits.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the different types of sedimentary basins and how they are filled;

  1. Describe the main types of clastic and chemical sediments, how they are derived and the influences on their accumulation;

  1. Use sedimentary features to determine depositional environments and stratigraphic sequences;

  1. Undertake seismic interpretation and well logging and to recognise different stratigraphic and structural features;

  1. Discuss the principles of hydrocarbon generation, migration and accumulation;

  1. Explore for paleoenvironments in which peat accumulated, leading to the formation of coal deposits;

  1. Prepare reports based on field observation, laboratory exercises and personal research.

Assessment

Practical work: 30%
Field work: 20%
Test (3 hours - theory and practical): 50%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45% unless their aggregate mark is lower, in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 3-hour practical class each week, and one day field excursion

Prerequisites

ESC2111 and ESC2122, or by permission from the Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC3211, ESC3241


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ray Cas

Synopsis

Physical volcanology: will address volcanic eruption styles and processes, and the variety and characteristics of eruption products. Igneous petrology: will include material on the petrology and geochemistry of the Earth's mantle and crust, their melting to generate silicate magmas and the emplacement of these magmas in and on the crust; also the basics of trace element and isotope geochemistry applied to the understanding of these processes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the physical processes which underlie volcanic activity, involving a range of magma types;

  1. Identify the various types of volcanic and igneous rocks in hand specimen and their occurrence, context with other rock units, and distinctive features in natural field outcrops;

  1. Analyse the distinctive geochemical and petrographic features of volcanic and intrusive igneous rocks in the various global tectonic environments;

  1. Further their knowledge of melting and magmatic crystallisation processes within the Earth's interior and the way magmas move toward the Earth's surface;

  1. Evaluate and constrain the geochemical sources and evolution of magmas within the silicate earth and identify their dominant controlling processes;

  1. Understand how isotopes are used in geochronology (dating of Earth materials) and their application in identifying magmatic processes and their petrogenesis.

Assessment

Practical work: 30%
Fieldwork: 20%
Examination (3 Hours): 50%

Students must pass the theory examination to achieve an overall pass grade. Students who do not pass the theory examination will receive a mark of 45% unless their aggregate mark is lower, in which case that mark will be recorded.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and one 3-hour practical class per week and one 3-day field excursion

Prerequisites

ESC2111 and ESC2122, or by permission from the Head of School

Prohibitions

ESC3211, EC3212


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

The project fosters independent work and problem-solving abilities. The results of the research project are written up in a thesis and reported in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an independent research project in geosciences, including project planning, time management, and goal development;

  1. Describe the current research in one or more disciplines that will fit them for future research or employment;

  1. Communicate orally and in written form;

  1. Explain OHS and risk management as it pertains to geosciences research;

  1. Effectively and critically review the scientific literature.

Assessment

Written report and research essay (up to 3000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

24 points of level three ESC units, including at least 12 points from ESC3201, ESC3411 or ESC3421

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4100

Assessment

Refer to ESC4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4100

Assessment

Refer to ESC4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

Students complete approximately twenty days of coursework on a wide variety of subjects taught at one of the Geoscience departments in the Melbourne area.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an independent research project in geosciences, including project planning, time management, and goal development;

  1. Describe the current research in one or more disciplines that will fit them for future research or employment;

  1. Communicate orally and in written form;

  1. Explain OHS and risk management as it pertains to geosciences research;

  1. Effectively and critically review the scientific literature.

Assessment

Examinations, reports and seminar: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

24 points of level three ESC units, including at least 12 points from ESC3201, ESC3411 or ESC3421

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4200

Assessment

Refer to ESC4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Louis Moresi

Synopsis

Refer to ESC4200

Assessment

Refer to ESC4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

Food science is a highly interdisciplinary applied science. It incorporates concepts from many different fields including microbiology, chemistry, biochemistry and nutrition. This unit provides a comprehensive review of the biological and chemical concepts that are important in food science. Students will be introduced to food composition, food groups and their constituents and the nutritive values of food constituents. Nutrition labelling, food safety, food laws and regulations, quality factors in foods, sensory evaluation and a brief introduction to food processing, packaging and food spoilage and control are included. Regional food culture and current issues in food science, nutrition and technology will also be discussed. This unit provides an introduction to food science and technology and is a basis for more advanced study.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the scope of food science and its relationship with nutrition and food technology;

  1. Describe food composition, food groups and their constituents, and the nutritive aspects of various food groups;

  1. Recall nutrition labelling, food safety, food laws and regulations and sensory evaluation;

  1. Discuss current issues in food science, nutrition and technology;

  1. Acquire and assess information and knowledge from scientific literature;

  1. Demonstrate team work;

  1. Exhibit skills in scientific writing and oral communication.

Assessment

Assignment (10%), practical reports (30%), online tests (10%) and final examination (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours of lectures per week
3 hours of laboratory practicals per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

In this unit, students will be introduced to typical biochemical processes, from feedstock supply, reaction, separation and utilities. Treatment and storage of the feedstock/product will also be examined. The subject will focus on the operation and choice of typical equipment and processes. Safety issues and financial impact will be highlighted.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of typical symbols and terminology used in food processing industries;

  1. Describe upstream and downstream processes and equipment;

  1. Describe typical bioreactor steps employed in a bioprocess operation;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of simple equipment design;

  1. Comprehend the effect of financial and safety aspects on process design;

  1. Demonstrate communication and report writing skills;

  1. Exhibit team work skills.

Assessment

Examination: 60%
Continuous assessment [one major assignment (presentation and report, one field trip report and one laboratory practical report]: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Weekly: two hours of lectures, two hours of tutorials/project work and eight hours of self-study

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BTH2811


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the nutritional roles of food nutrients in human health and well-being. The uptake and metabolism of major nutrients in the human body are examined and major health issues that are related to diet and nutrients are discussed. Nutritional guidelines for dietary planning according to various requirements are explained and the nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants, children, adolescents, adults and older adults are highlighted. Dietary requirements of individuals to support physical activities are outlined.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the roles of major and minor food nutrients in the human body and apply nutritional guidelines to plan healthy and balanced diets for various individuals;

  1. Describe the digestion, absorption and metabolism of major nutrients in the human body in order to meet the body's needs;

  1. Apply the understanding of nutrition management to various nutrition-related diseases;

  1. Identify the nutritional requirements of pregnant and lactating women, infants, children, adolescents, adults and older adults;

  1. Describe weight management, nutrients usage and dietary requirements of individuals to support daily activities;

  1. Acquire information from scientific resources and demonstrate team work and communication skills in their learning.

Assessment

Assignments: 30%
Presentations: 10%
Tests: 10%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week and a total of 12 hours of tutorials

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leong Wai Fun

Synopsis

Food preservation deals with the methods of prevention or retardation of microbial, chemical and physical degradation of foods, while maintaining their nutritional quality, flavour and consumer appeal. Students will gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the scientific basis of the various traditional, modern and novel methods of food preservation for distribution and storage. Practical, cost-effective and safe preservation techniques to extend the shelf-life of foods will be discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the various ways that foods may be preserved including thermal and non-thermal processing;

  1. Explain the scientific basis of the various preservation techniques and to be able to apply the appropriate preservation techniques for different foods;

  1. Select the appropriate packaging for different foods with consideration of the use of resources, packaging stability and food safety;

  1. Determine shelf life for foods subjected to different preservation techniques, and be able to locate and appraise appropriate legislation and authoritative guidelines relating to shelf life extension;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of how regional culture may affect acceptance of different preservation techniques;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and team work skills.

Assessment

Mid-semester exam: 20%
Practical reports: 30%
Three hour final exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week plus 27 contact hours for practical classes

Prerequisites

BTH2811 or FST2810, and MIC2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

Functional foods have emerged in the 21st century as a multi-billion dollar industry. The unit provides an overview of the scientific basis of functional foods throughout the human lifespan. Inter-relationships between the validity and proofing of health claims, legislation, safety and advertising strategies will be examined in the context of preventing or delaying onset of health disorders, and providing health benefits for specific disorders/diseases based on available epidemiological information. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to use this information with a view to developing research opportunities and novel products in the burgeoning global functional food market by linking existing knowledge with recent advances in biotechnology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the scientific basis for functional foods in promoting health benefits;

  1. Justify a role for functional foods in the prevention and/or delay of onset of specific health disorders or disease syndromes;

  1. Describe market and social drivers that determine the development, growth and expansion opportunities of functional foods in a global environment;

  1. Obtain evidence-based information on the safety and efficacy of functional foods;

  1. Evaluate experimental data obtained from the scientific literature and epidemiological sources as a basis to generate ideas for further research and investigation;

  1. Critically evaluate current literature relating to innovation and development as well as marketing of novel functional foods within the requirements of a global legislative framework;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and oral presentation skills.

Assessment

Mid-semester exam (two hours): 20%
Two projects / essays: 10% each
Oral presentation: 10%
Final exam (three hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and two hours of tutorials per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr. Siow Lee Fong

Synopsis

Processed foods are increasingly popular around the world owing to their convenience, extended shelf life, and palatability. This unit introduces students to food processing principles that group physical food processes into basic unit operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer, drying, evaporation, contact equilibrium processes, mechanical separations, size reduction and mixing. After this, the unit expands on various processing techniques that transform raw materials into foods that are safe (chemically and microbiologically), nutritious, convenient and attractive to consumers. Students will gain a theoretical and practical understanding of the techniques used in the processing of various food groups. Students will be familiar with the physical processes and equipment used in processing of various food groups, and the regulation of food industry products and practices.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate theoretical and practical knowledge of the various processing technologies that are used to transform raw materials into nutritious, safe and attractive food products;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the food processing equipment and food regulations;

  1. Explain the scientific basis of the various food processing unit operations;

  1. Select the appropriate processing techniques for different foods;

  1. Assess the effects of various processing techniques on food quality, safety and nutrition;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of food regulations;

  1. Keep up to date with new and emerging technologies in food processing;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing skills.

Assessment

Laboratory sessions and practical reports: 30%
Assignment: 10%
Three hour final exam: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures per week plus 27 contact hours for practical classes

Prerequisites

BTH2811 or FST2810, and CHM2962


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved to design, develop and implement a supervised research project;

  1. Plan and critically analyse research;

  1. Use a variety of computer data systems in a proficient manner;

  1. Write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;

  1. Demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations to scientists;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills appropriate to their area of study.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%
Presentation: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in food science and technology. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in food science and technology will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;

  1. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;

  1. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;

  1. Write and manage assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Coral Warr (Clayton); Dr. Vasudevan Ramachandran (Sunway)

Synopsis

The principles, concepts, organisms and techniques of genetics are covered in this unit. Topics include: patterns of inheritance; structure and organisation of genes, chromosomes and genomes; gene regulation, mutation and gene function; relationship of genotype to phenotype; genetic linkage and gene mapping; chromosome variation and its role in both evolution and human disease. Examples are drawn from a range of organisms, including humans.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the central role of genes in the inheritance of traits and the complex variations in inheritance patterns due to interaction of genes with each other and with the environment, and the common chromosomal and molecular mechanisms that underlie inheritance and the structure of DNA, genes and chromosomes;

  1. Explain what genes are, how they are regulated, how they control phenotypes, and how they can be altered by mutation;

  1. Describe a range of organisms used in studying genetics (viruses, bacteria, fungi, plants, invertebrates and vertebrates, including humans) and explain their common and unique features;

  1. Understand the relevance and value of genetics to human society;

  1. Demonstrate skills in basic laboratory techniques, in genetics problem-solving and experimental design, and in data collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation;

  1. Demonstrate and recognise the value of working with peers.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work (practical reports, mapping project, mid-semester and end-of-semester tests): 45%
Weekly assignments: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour combined tutorial/laboratory session

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and either BIO1022 or BIO1042. Recommended: MOL2011 (complementary unit)

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rob Bryson-Richardson

Synopsis

The structure, function, variation and evolution of DNA and of genomes are examined at both the individual and population levels in a range of organisms, including humans. Topics include: genome structure and approaches to genome analysis; genome projects and bioinformatics; functional and comparative genomics; evolution of gene families and movement of genes from organelle to nuclear genomes; genome variation between individuals and species and its applications in genetics; processes that change the genetic constitution of populations and species during evolution.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain how genes are organised in chromosomes and genomes and the implications of this for gene expression and function, how genomes are mapped and sequenced, how genes and genomes are analysed at a molecular level, and the uses of genomics in modern genetic research;

  1. Illustrate how DNA and genomes change and the implications of this for evolution and its uses in modern applications such as DNA profiling;

  1. Explain how genes behave in populations, describe concepts such as mutation and genetic drift, and illustrate how genetic variation can result in fitness differences that may drive evolution through the process of natural selection;

  1. Understand the relevance and value of genetics to human society;

  1. Demonstrate skills in basic laboratory techniques, in population genetics and genomics problem-solving and experimental design, and in data collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation;

  1. Demonstrate and recognise the value of working with peers.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work (practical reports, project, mid-semester and end-of-semester tests): 45%
Weekly problem sets: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour combined tutorial/laboratory session per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and one of BIO1022 or BIO1042, plus GEN2041

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heather Verkade

Synopsis

The development of multicellular organisms from a single cell is a triumph of evolution. This unit explores how genes control the unfolding of the body plan following fertilization. It covers the genetic control of patterning and how cells acquire identities and become different from each other and become organised into organs. It includes the genetic control of fundamental cellular processes that enable cells to communicate with each other and the environment, to differentiate from each other, and to move. A comparative approach is used, based on model organisms including Arabidopsis, C. elegans, Drosophila and the zebrafish. The exciting current area of evolution of developmental processes or "evo devo" is included.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the genetic principles that underlie development and explain how these have evolved to generate the many different types of organisms;

  1. Explain the application of modern molecular genetic techniques to the analysis of development in a range of model organisms such as C elegans, Drosophila, zebrafish and Arabidopsis;

  1. Illustrate the impact of transgenesis and microscopy on our capacity to investigate cellular and developmental processes;

  1. Demonstrate high-level skills in data collection, analysis and interpretation, and data presentation, and apply these in the preparation and presentation of scientific reports;

  1. Critically evaluate and summarise new discoveries from the scientific literature in developmental and cellular genetics.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Mid-semester test: 10%
Practical reports, problem solving exercises and written assignment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

5-6 hours per week (Two lectures and one lecture/tutorial session per week for 12 weeks. One 3-hour practical session per week for 8-9 weeks.)

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor John Bowman (Clayton); Dr Song Beng Kah (Sunway)

Synopsis

Building on basic knowledge gained from completing second year Genetics units at Monash, or equivalent, this unit will incorporate recent information gained from international genome analysis projects involving a wide range of species, ranging from unicellular to multicellular organisms, including humans and close relatives and also incorporating recent advances relating to agriculturally important animals and plants. Relevant advances relating to the regulation of gene activity and its ability to control and improve growth, development, health and performance at both the cellular and the whole organism level will be examined. Such information will increasingly be important in the 21st century for sustainable development of human civilization in concert with a healthy planetary environment. Students will acquire relevant laboratory skills involving advanced techniques in molecular genetics, use of genes in biotechnology, genomic analysis, computer assisted genetic database analysis and bioinformatics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate understanding of recent advances in genetic knowledge gained from international genome analysis projects involving a wide range of species, ranging from unicellular to multicellular organisms;

  1. Explain the main mechanisms by which genes are regulated by environmental and/or developmental cues;

  1. Describe the use of molecular genetics to undertake beneficial research to solve problems of importance in health, industry, and global agriculture;

  1. Demonstrate high-level skills in data collection, analysis and interpretation, and data presentation, and apply these in the preparation and presentation of scientific reports;

  1. Critically evaluate and summarise new discoveries from the scientific literature in genomics and molecular biology.

Assessment

End of semester written examination: 60%
Mid-semester test: 10%
Practical reports, genetics problem solving exercises, independent genetic database analysis or critical literature review: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

5-6 hours per week (two lectures and one lecture/tutorial session per week for 12 weeks; one 3-hour practical session per week for 9 weeks)

Prerequisites

12 points of level two GEN, MOL, BMS or BTH units. Strongly recommended: GEN2052 or MOL2022.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Burke (Clayton); Professor Sadequr Rahman (Sunway)

Synopsis

The study of genetics and its applications to medicine and forensic biology including genetic disorders, genetic screening and DNA profiling. Topics include cytogenetics, immunogenetics, genetic counselling and gene therapy. The impact and ethics of recent genetic advances on both the individual and society will be discussed. The unit will focus on current techniques in DNA testing both in medical diagnosis and forensic biology. Practical sessions will involve an analysis of human chromosomes and aspects of genetic counselling.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the application of modern genetic techniques such as gene mapping, genome-wide association studies and individual genome-sequencing to: i) the characterization , diagnosis and treatment of simple and complex human diseases; and ii) the identification of individuals and relationships between individuals by forensic genetics;

  1. Describe how variations in the DNA sequence of a gene can result in changes in gene function that ultimately lead to disease symptoms and explain how improved understanding of this molecular pathology can aid in the treatment of disease, and illustrate the value of model organisms in investigating the molecular pathology of human diseases;

  1. Appraise ethical issues affecting both the individual and society raised by advances in human genetics;

  1. Demonstrate high-level skills in data collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation, and apply these in written scientific reports and oral presentations;

  1. Apply advanced problem-solving skills to issues of medical and forensic genetics;

  1. Critically evaluate and summarise new discoveries from the scientific literature in medical and forensic genetics.

Assessment

End of semester written examination (3 hours): 60%
Mid-semester test: 10%
Oral presentation, practical reports and genetics problem-solving exercises: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour lecture/tutorial session per week over 12 weeks. One 3-hour practical session per week over 8-9 weeks.

Prerequisites

One of GEN2041 or BMS2042; plus another six points of level two GEN, BMS or MOL units, or BTH2732


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Beth McGraw

Synopsis

Biodiversity ultimately results from evolutionary processes. This unit will take an evolutionary and ecological genetics approach to understanding evolution. It will describe how the four evolutionary forces, mutation, random genetic drift, natural selection and gene flow act within and between populations to cause evolutionary change. It will focus on evolutionary processes, especially adaptation by natural selection, in an ecological context to explain patterns of biodiversity in nature. It will cover quantitative genetic and genomic approaches to understanding the genetic basis of evolutionary change. This unit will also illustrate how evolutionary and ecological genetics have direct contributions to make to biodiversity management and conservation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how evolutionary processes shape patterns of biodiversity;

  1. Define genetic diversity, explain how to measure it, and explain how the different types of genetic diversity influence evolutionary processes;

  1. Explain quantitative and genomic approaches to measuring genetic variation and studying evolution both in model systems and in natural populations;

  1. Illustrate how evolution by natural selection can be detected, and how evolution and genetic diversity are central to successful biodiversity conservation and management;

  1. Demonstrate high-level skills in data collection, analysis and interpretation, and data presentation, and apply these in the preparation and presentation of scientific reports in written form and oral presentations;

  1. Critically evaluate and summarise new discoveries from the scientific literature in evolutionary and ecological genetics.

Assessment

Written reports, mini-quizzes, problem solving exercises: 40%
Final examination (3 Hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour lecture/tutorial session per week for 12 weeks. One 3-hour practical session per week for 8-9 weeks.

Prerequisites

One of GEN2041, BIO2050 or BMS2042; plus another 6 points from any level two BIO or GEN units


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Damian Dowling

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high-achieving students to undertake an individual research project in Genetics with an academic supervisor. It includes a critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis. The student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Comprehend the fundamental process and requirements of scientific research;

  1. Review and critically evaluate the scientific literature within a relevant discipline;

  1. Demonstrate skills in experimental design, data collection and statistical analysis;

  1. Interpret experimental results, and place the results in the broader context of the research discipline;

  1. Communicate scientific findings and their implications, via oral presentations and written reports.

Assessment

Two oral reports: 20%
Two written reports: 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must have a distinction average across 24 points of second level units, including a minimum of 12 points from GEN2041, GEN2052, MOL2011 and MOL2022.

Prohibitions

SCI3740, SCI3990


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heather Verkade

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Students will present the results of their research project in a seminar. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the course coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply a critical and analytical approach to scientific research;

  1. Demonstrate skills in experimental design and in specialised techniques for laboratory and/or fieldwork in genetics;

  1. Demonstrate skills in writing reports of scientific experiments and in searching the scientific literature;

  1. Demonstrate skills in oral communication of scientific information;

  1. Analyse and present genetic data;

  1. Understand OHSE regulations, including hazardous and dangerous materials and risk assessments.

Assessment

Written literature review: 7%
Research project with written report on the results: 86%
Seminar based on research project: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Biological Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heather Verkade

Synopsis

Students submit an essay on an advanced topic in genetics that is distinct from the topic of the GEN4100 research project. In addition, they will attend a series of Advanced Seminars in Genetics with associated exercises. Candidates may commence the honours year at the beginning of either first or second semester. Further information is available from the unit coordinator and at a meeting held with prospective students during second semester of third year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe and give examples of the breadth and diversity of genetics;

  1. Recognise the place of genetics within the broader scope of science and medicine;

  1. Demonstrate skills in writing reports of scientific experiments;

  1. Demonstrate skills in searching the scientific literature;

  1. Demonstrate skills in oral communication of scientific information.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Seminars and exercises in Advanced Seminars in Genetics series: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

The project fosters independent work and problem-solving abilities. The results of the research project are written up in a thesis and reported in a seminar.

Assessment

Written report and research essay (up to 3000 words): 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4100

Assessment

Refer to GPS4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4100

Assessment

Refer to GPS4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Students complete approximately twenty days of coursework on a wide variety of subjects taught at one of the Geoscience departments in the Melbourne area.

Assessment

Examinations, reports and seminars: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4200

Assessment

Refer to GPS4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Geosciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ian Cartwright

Synopsis

Refer to GPS4200

Assessment

Refer to GPS4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anita Horvath and Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

HUP3011 introduces students to basic pathology, i.e. molecular and cellular mechanisms of disease and how diseases are characterized and progress. Topics include tissue injury and cell death, inflammation, haematopathology, disorders of immunity, disorders of cell growth, neoplasia and pathology of infectious diseases. Mechanisms for pathological processes are reviewed together with how these processes cause disease by overcoming normal regulatory controls. Principles are illustrated by reference to specific diseases. This approach provides students with an understanding of terminologies applicable to pathology and an appreciation of the causes and natural progress of human diseases.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the basic pathological processes involved in the development of disease and the impact of pathological changes upon normal tissue function;

  1. Define the cellular and molecular changes associated with inflammatory, immunological, haematological, neoplastic disorders and infectious diseases;

  1. Examine and interpret experimental and diagnostic data and samples;

  1. Provide examples of innovative technologies used to identify and study human disease;

  1. Apply analytic and interpretive skills through review and critical analysis of the literature, and compile a critical report on a chosen topic related to human disease.

Assessment

Multiple choice question examination: 15%
Project assignment: 15%
Practical class assessment: 20%
End of semester examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two lectures and one 2-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

MOL2011 or BMS1062, and one of DEV2022 or BMS2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Steven Petratos

Synopsis

This unit will adopt a systematic approach to the study of pathology. Organ systems will be addressed in turn including the important diseases in each. These will include ischaemic heart disease, diabetes, obesity, stroke, leukaemia, carcinomas of the breast, lung and colon, inflammatory diseases of the lung, kidney and liver, and sexually transmitted diseases. The aetiology, clinical presentation, treatment and course of the diseases will be discussed. Particular emphasis will be placed on molecular and genetic aspects of disease pathogenesis. Laboratory investigations will be presented to provide an integrated approach to the diagnosis of specific diseases.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the cellular and molecular pathology associated with important diseases of the cardiovascular, nervous, haematopoietic, renal, female and male genital systems;

  1. Describe examples of the clinical presentation, treatment and course of disease for each organ system;

  1. Evaluate and interpret diagnostic and experimental data in order to distinguish between normal and pathological tissues;

  1. Provide examples of innovative technologies used to identify and study human disease;

  1. Apply analytic and interpretive skills through review and critical analysis of the literature, and compile a critical report on a chosen topic related to human disease.

Assessment

Multiple choice question examination: 15%
Project assignment: 15%
Practical class assessment: 20% End-of-semester examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

HUP3011, or a combination of MOL2011 or BMS1062 and one of DEV2022 or BMS2011


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Neetu Gopinath and Dr Kyi Kyi Tha

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to various aspects of Pathology and its importance in medical sciences. The content is broad-based and focuses on general principles and pathophysiological processes in the body. The lecture and practical material emphasises applied and practical aspects of the topics. The unit will include the following:

  1. Clinical Biochemistry includes metabolism of vitamins and minerals, the role of plasma enzymes in prognosis and diagnosis and some organ functions;
  2. Haematology - involves the anaemias, leukaemias, myeloproliferative and bleeding disorders together with the principles of blood banking and blood transfusion;
  3. Histopathology and Cytology include common cytotological problems of gynaecological and non gynaecological nature, acute and chronic inflammation, healing and repair, circulatory disorders as well as hyperplasia and neoplasia;
  4. Medical Parasitology and Entomology are confined to protozoalogy and helminthology, arthropods and basic knowledge of the life cycles and human diseases born by insects and arachnids found in the Malaysian region.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of how the organs and tissues of a healthy body become diseased;

  1. Describe the causes and clinical effects of diseases eg. cytological problems associated with gynaecological and non-gynaecological abnormalities, circulatory disorders and disorders of growth such as hyperplasia and neoplasia;

  1. Demonstrate appreciation of the involvement of metabolic interrelationships in health and disease, including vitamins, micro and macro minerals and also some organ functions;

  1. Explain the biochemical, physiological and immunological processes involved in normal body functions and disturbances that may occur in different diseased states with respect to blood eg. anaemias, leukaemias and some bleeding disorders;

  1. Describe the pathophysiology of some parasitic diseases borne by insects and arachnids found in the Malaysian region.

Assessment

Assignment: 10%
Mid-semester test: 10%
Practical reports: 30%
Final Exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, one 3-hour practical class and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryAdvanced Studies (Enhance Program)
OfferedAlfred Hospital Second semester 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anita Horvath and Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Synopsis

This unit provides high achieving students a structured research project in Human Pathology supervised by an academic and/or clinical researchers within, or associated with, the Department of Clinical Haematology. The research project is selected from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Clinical Haematology. Students will learn skills in research design, implementation, data analysis and interpretation. In addition, students will develop skills in scientific communication through written assignments and reports and oral presentations based on their project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of pathology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of pathology.

Assessment

Written literature review (1500 words): 10%
Oral presentation of research project - two 15 min presentations (10% each): 20%
Final research report (8000 words): 50%
Laboratory assessment: 20%

Contact hours

12 contact hours per week

Prerequisites

A distinction average over 24 points at 2nd year level and 12 points at 3rd year level; associated with approved major.
Students must demonstrate they have an appropriate project and supervisor.
Permission for enrolment must be obtained from Head of School or unit convener.


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedGippsland First semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester (extended) 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther

Synopsis

Students undertake discipline-related work in a full time, paid industrial placement of minimum 24 weeks. For admission to the cooperative education program, students participate in a selection process and are short-listed based on academic performance, interpersonal and communication skills and employer requirements. Students negotiate and undertake a learning contract with their workplace and academic supervisors, in response to the requirements of their role, focusing on personal and professional development, understanding their environment at the team, organisation and industry level, and development of scientific skills and knowledge.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Integrate knowledge, skills and understanding gained in the classroom and laboratory settings;

  1. Relate scientific knowledge and skills gained in coursework to productive employment experience;

  1. Apply their expertise to real-world problems.

Assessment

Attendance, Learning contract, Journal (3000 words), Employer and self evaluations, Final report (4000 words) and oral presentation (Pass Grade Only).

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Industrial placement for at least 24 weeks full-time employment

Prerequisites

1. Admission to cooperative education program. 2. Satisfactory completion of the work placement training sessions and the two work placements of 10 days in Year 1 and 15 days in Year 2. 3. Completion of at least 84 points of studies creditable to course, normally consisting of at last seven 6-point units in each of the first two years of studies.

Prohibitions

IBL2020


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedMonash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Medical Biology, chosen from Immunology, Hematology, Trauma, Virology, Cardiology, Transplant Biology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research thesis: 93%
Oral thesis review: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A distinction average in 24 points at level three relevant to the project, and including at least 18 points of PHY, DEV, GEN, IMM, HUP, PHA, MIC or BCH units.

Co-requisites

IMB4200 or an approved relevant unit


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4100

Outcomes

Refer to IMB4100

Assessment

Refer to IMB4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4100

Outcomes

Refer to IMB4100

Assessment

Refer to IMB4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Medical Biology, chosen from Immunology, Hematology, Trauma, Virology, Cardiology, Transplant Biology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake two theory modules and present seminars on their research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of theory module 1, 30%; statistics module, 30%; attendance and report on 10 departmental area research seminars, 40%.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

A distinction average in 24 points at level three relevant to the project, and including at least 18 points of PHY, DEV, GEN, IMM, HUP, PHA, MIC or BCH units.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4200

Outcomes

Refer to IMB4200

Assessment

Refer to IMB4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedAlfred Hospital Full year 2013 (Day)
Alfred Hospital Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

Refer to IMB4200

Outcomes

Refer to IMB4200

Assessment

Refer to IMB4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio (Profile and contact details)(Profile and contact details) (http://www.monash.edu.au/research/people/profiles/profile.html?sid=275&pid=2634) and Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

The immune system is central to many aspects of health such as recovering from viral and bacterial infections, vaccination against common diseases, fighting cancers and accepting organ transplants. The immune system is also responsible for many common conditions such as allergy and autoimmune diseases including type 1 diabetes, multiple sclerosis and rheumatoid arthritis. IMM2011: Basic immunology: The body's defence system, introduces students to the fundamental concepts of the immune system. It describes the structure of the immune system and how it can develop specificity and diversity for combating microbes and pathogens. Key concepts surrounding the function of the immune system in how it communicates and makes decisions when generating specific immune responses will be learnt. IMM2011 is designed to give students a basic but fundamental knowledge of the immune system useful to many areas of biomedical science. It can lead into further studies in second semester (IMM2022) and more advanced studies at level three and beyond. Together with formal lectures and tutorials, practical classes reinforce key concepts that students have been introduced. In addition, flexible learning options including on-line material, audio-taped lectures, quizzes and interactive tutorials provide students with a wide variety of experiences and skill development.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the key structural and cellular components of the immune system;

  1. Define the key features associated with the development of the immune system;

  1. Generate, evaluate and compile practical laboratory based data into define structured written reports;

  1. Generate and deliver an oral presentation on a defined area of immunology;

  1. Draw upon learnt knowledge of immunology to explain how the immune system is associated with protection against pathogens.

Assessment

Mid-semester multi-choice examination on theory and practical classes: 10%
Written theory examination: 60%
Practical/tutorial reports and participation: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical or tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BIO1022 or BMS1021 or BMS1062. Recommended: a level one Chemistry unit or VCE Chemistry.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio and Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

The immune system has a central role in many aspects of health and disease in both humans and animals. While the immune system is critical for protecting us from pathogens, it also has an important role in cancer surveillance and is the reason why tissue transplantation is difficult to achieve. Many debilitating conditions such as allergy and autoimmune diseases including type 1 diabetes and multiple sclerosis are caused by the immune system. This unit progresses from IMM2011 which focused on the development and structure of the immune system and immune response to now examine the broad role of the immune system in a range of disease and health states. By selecting a range of real life examples, we can not only examine the nature of how the immune system is active but also broaden our understanding of social and ethical implications and the role that medical research has towards improving outcomes. This unit will give students the opportunity to learn how immunology is important in many aspects of our society while developing and reinforcing a range of academic skills through defined teaching and assessment tasks.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Define the key role of the immune system in a range of human immune mediated diseases;

  1. Define the key mechanisms used by the immune system as protection against microbial pathogens;

  1. Work constructively in a group to design, research and generate a web based information site on selected areas of immunology;

  1. Work within a group environment to design, research, generate and deliver oral presentations on selected aspects of immunology;

  1. Apply skills developed in this unit to research, appraise and generate a written, oral or video output that focuses on a defined area of immunology.

Assessment

Tutorial assessment: 25%
Written assessment: 15%
Online quizzes: 10%
Final examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and three hours of tutorials/workshops per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011* or BMS2052

* Note that only IMM2011 taken from 2012 onwards can be counted as a prerequisite unit - any previous versions have overlapping content and are prohibitions.

Prohibitions

IMM2011 if taken prior to 2012


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Mark Wright

Synopsis

This unit examines in depth important features of development and function of the immune system in health and disease. Areas covered include development of the innate and adaptive immune system, antigen processing and presentation, maturation of the immune response, self tolerance and regulation. Advanced techniques in immunology will be presented including the relevance of genetic engineering. Skills will also be developed in searching and critically reviewing the literature, in assignment writing and oral presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the relevance of immunity to infection and disease;

  1. Describe how differing arms of the immune response are integrated and regulated;

  1. Define and compare how the innate and adaptive immune systems discriminate self from non-self and the mechanisms of self-tolerance;

  1. Describe examples of how cutting edge technologies are used to study immunity;

  1. Critically appraise data and the immunological literature and demonstrate skills in oral and written communication.

Assessment

Two multiple choice examinations during semester: each 7.5%
Tutorial assessments: 15%
One assignment: 10%
One 3-hour examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial/self directed learning sessions per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

IMM3051 is highly recommended


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robyn Slattery

Synopsis

This unit will review the pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of disorders associated with an excessive, defective or unwarranted immune response. Disorders include autoimmune diseases, allergy, immunodeficiency states, leukaemia/ lymphoma and transplant rejection. Prospects for tumour vaccines will also be discussed. How new insight into the cellular and molecular nature of the immune system is enabling improved diagnosis and more effective control of these disorders will be demonstrated. Skills will also be developed in searching and critically reviewing the literature, in assignment writing and oral presentation.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit you will be able to:

  1. Describe the normal function and regulation of the immune system;

  1. Explain how pathogens can evade the immune system and predict how vaccines can be developed against micro-organisms;

  1. Distinguish between the pathogenesis of different disorders of the immune system including autoimmunity, allergy, immunodeficiency, leukemia/lymphoma and transplant rejection;

  1. Describe strategies for immuno-suppression and immuno-potentiation to cure these disorders;

  1. Analyse and interpret data from immunopathology experiments, structure a written discussion about immunopathology data, and present an oral discussion about immunopathology data.

Assessment

Two multiple choice examinations during semester: each 7.5%
Tutorial assessments: 15%
One assignment: 10%
One 3-hour examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial/self directed learning session per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or BMS2052 or MIC2022 or BND2042. Recommended: IMM3031, IMM3051

Co-requisites

IMM3062 (recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to practical aspects of laboratory immunology. The course is laboratory based with tutorials to ensure a thorough theoretical understanding of techniques. Topics include the anatomy of the immune system, production of polyclonal antisera and monoclonal antibodies, structure and properties of immunoglobulins (antibodies), electrophoresis and other techniques for detection of antigen/antibody reactions. Diagnostic immunology techniques include immunofluorescence, fluorescence microscopy, flow cytometry, enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA) and analysis of plasma proteins (immunoglobulins, complement etc).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Compare different methods of antibodies purified from a range of different biological sources;

  1. Validate different methods of testing purified antibody products;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to perform common laboratory calculations and use these in a practical setting;

  1. Accurately record, analyse and report experimental outcomes and demonstrate this by producing written laboratory reports;

  1. Source relevant scientific literature from a variety of sources, including (but not limited to) scientific journals, text-books and the internet for the completion of written or oral assignments.

Assessment

Practical class reports: 25%
One assignment: 15%
One 3-hour practical/written examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 5-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

IMM3031 (highly recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kim Murphy

Synopsis

Students will learn more advanced techniques used in clinical and research immunology laboratories. These include assays for lymphocyte proliferation, cytokines, cell mediated cytotoxicity and detection of transgene by PCR. In vivo experimental models of immune disorders such as graft-versus-host disease are also examined. The course is laboratory based with tutorials covering theoretical aspects. Students will also conduct a six-week 'mini-project' (most projects run in the Department of Immunology at the Alfred Medical Research and Education Precinct), working in small groups attached to a research laboratory. Students will plan, execute and report on the project and present their results in a research forum.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the ability to perform practical techniques used in research and diagnostic techniques;

  1. Work in a research laboratory and demonstrate safe and competent scientific work-practices;

  1. Identify relevant questions for scientific inquiry through a written assignment and in a research laboratory;

  1. Accurately record, analyse and report experimental outcomes and demonstrate this by producing written laboratory reports;

  1. Source relevant scientific literature from a variety of sources, including (but not limited to) scientific journals, text-books and the internet for the completion of written and oral assignments.

Assessment

Practical class reports: 12%
Research project report: 20%
One assignment: 8%
One 3-hour practical examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 5-hour practical class per week

Prerequisites

IMM2011 or MIC2022 or BMS2052 or BND2042. IMM3031 and IMM3051 recommended.

Co-requisites

IMM3042 (highly recommended)


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedGippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Piedrafita (Gippsland); Professor Chow Sek Chuen (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some fundamental aspects of immunology. It reviews the normal immune response to foreign antigens and how it provides defence against micro-organisms, and also the pathogenesis and diagnosis of disorders associated with an excessive, defective or unwarranted immune response. Disorders discussed include autoimmune diseases, allergies, immunodeficiency states, leukaemia/ lymphoma and transplants. Students will also be introduced to the practical aspects of laboratory immunology. Techniques used in clinical and research immunology laboratories will be presented during practical classes.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the normal function, regulation and anatomy of the immune system and how it provides defence against micro-organisms;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of pathogenesis of disorders of the immune system and strategies for immunosuppression and immunopotentiation to correct these disorders;

  1. Apply principles of immunological techniques used in diagnostic and research laboratories;

  1. Demonstrate advanced scientific report writing and team work skills.

Assessment

Assignments: 20%
Practical reports: 20%
Mid-semester test: 10%
and Final examination (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures, one 3-hour practical class and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Completion of at least 12 points of biology and medical bioscience units. Recommended: one unit each of first year chemistry and second year physiology.


6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Frank Alderuccio

Synopsis

This unit will provide high achieving students a structured research experience by participating in a research project supervised by research academics within, or associated with, the department of Immunology. Research projects can be selected from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Immunology. Students will learn skills in research design, implementation, data analysis and interpretation. In addition, students will develop skills in scientific communication through written assignments and reports and oral presentations based on their project.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Immunology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Immunology.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10% and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 contact hours per week

Prerequisites

+ Students must have completed all 1st and 2nd level units in their approved major
+ Students must have completed at least 12 points at 3rd year level associated with their approved major
+ A distinction average over 24 points at 2nd year level and 12 points at 3rd year level; associated with approved major
+ Students must demonstrate they have an appropriate project and supervisor
+ Permission for enrolment must be obtained from head of department or unit convenor.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Siow Lee Fong (Semester One and Summer); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Semester Two)

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to Medical Bioscience conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design, data analysis and seminar attendance. Students must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and unit coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Propose experimental designs;

  1. Develop research techniques;

  1. Analyse scientific data;

  1. Acquire and assess information and knowledge from scientific literature;

  1. Demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, not exceeding 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Siow Lee Fong (Semester One and Summer); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Semester Two)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of the project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average, including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

Students will undertake a supervised research project. Students will carry out a research project and present the results of their study in both written and oral form. Information about research projects will be available from the course coordinator towards the end of the preceding semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in designing, developing and implementing a supervised research project;

  1. Critically analyse scientific data;

  1. Use a variety of computer data systems in a proficient manner;

  1. Write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way;

  1. Demonstrate communication skills in oral and written presentations to scientists;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills appropriate to their area of study.

Assessment

Thesis: 93%
Presentation: 7%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
OfferedSunway Full year 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lee Sui Mae

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced instruction in quantitative methods, thesis writing and current topics to students enrolled in the honours program in medical bioscience. Students will gain an understanding of advanced experimental design, data analysis and scientific writing that will assist them in completing their honours thesis. Further classes and coursework relating to current topics in medical bioscience will assist students in critical analysis of journal articles, providing further support for their academic development in research science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of experimental design and sampling methods that are relevant to their research project;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the impacts of resource limitation on experimental design and implementation;

  1. Critically analyse articles from the scientific literature and use this ability to enhance the quality of their own written work;

  1. Express themselves clearly and effectively to a scientific audience;

  1. Complete assessment tasks expeditiously and competently.

Assessment

Essay: 50%
Statistics coursework: 30%
Examination: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One to three hours of lectures and/or tutorials per week over 12 weeks

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science with Honours

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Mohamed Mohideen and Dr Terry Kwok-Schuelein (Clayton); Dr Lee Sui Mae (Sunway); Ms Jennifer Mosse (Gippsland)

Synopsis

The unit deals with the study of micro-organisms: their morphological and physiological characteristics, diversity and relationships and their importance to humans and the environment. Practical applications include, the study of selected micro-organisms in the environment and human body, concepts in microbial biotechnology including fermentation processes, control and use of micro-organisms in the food industry, water quality and bioremediation. The practical program includes microscopy, staining techniques, culturing, appropriate handling procedures and methods of enumeration and identification of micro-organisms. This unit provides a basis for the more advanced microbiology study.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe different micro-organisms and the relationships that exist between them;

  1. Describe microbial cell structure, function, nutrition, physiology and growth and how micro-organisms are controlled;

  1. Explain the role that micro-organisms play in the preservation, fermentation, preparation and spoilage of food;

  1. Outline environmental micro-organisms and their importance in the biogeochemical cycles, environmental pollution, water quality and treatment, bioremediation, bioleaching and waste treatment;

  1. Demonstrate basic microbiological laboratory skills such as the use of the microscope, microscopic staining and visualisation techniques, 'microbial culture', and be able to identify common species of bacteria and fungi;

  1. Demonstrate effective communication of microbial experiments by oral and written means.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (50 min): 15%
Examinations (2 x 2 hours): 40% (Paper I) and 25% (Paper II)
Practical reports and quizzes: 15%
Laboratory practical skills: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

12 points of level one Chemistry or one of BIO1022, BMS1021 or BIO1722. Recommended: MOL2011 and MOL2022

Prohibitions

BTH2711


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Priscilla Johanesen and Mr Mohamed Mohideen

Synopsis

Builds on MIC2011 and focuses on the interactions of micro-organisms with each other or with other types of living organisms. Describes the practical importance of micro-organisms in health and disease. Aspects of infection studied include pathogenesis, epidemiology and basic immunity. Viruses are introduced, including an explanation of how their structure is related to their classification and strategies of replication in living cells. Several human infectious diseases are studied in detail, including examples of bacterial, viral and parasitic diseases that have major impacts on human health.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the importance of micro-organisms in human health and disease;

  1. Outline how host and pathogenic factors of micro-organisms affect the outcome of infection;

  1. Describe basic mechanisms of immunity to infection and the development and use of vaccines;

  1. Explain how infectious diseases are spread and controlled, and the susceptibility and resistance of microbial pathogens to antimicrobial agents;

  1. Outline different microbial pathogens including bacteria, viruses, fungi and parasites, their modes of pathogenesis, diseases caused, epidemiology and treatment;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of microbiological methodology and laboratory skills that are used to study microbial pathogens;

  1. Demonstrate effective communication of microbial experiments by oral and written means.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (50 min): 10%
Examinations (1 and 2 hours): 25% and 40%
Practical reports and quizzes: 20%
Laboratory practical skills: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/tutorial/self-directed learning exercise per week

Prerequisites

MIC2011 + Recommended: MOL2011 and MOL2022

Prohibitions

BMS2052, BTH2722


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Anna Roujeinikova and Professor Julian Rood

Synopsis

This unit concentrates on specific aspects of bacterial molecular biology. Areas examined include the molecular biology of plasmids and genetic elements such as plasmids, transposons, integrons and pathogenicity islands, recombination and DNA repair mechanisms. The ability of bacteria to control gene expression in response to extracellular signals will also be examined, as well as the intracellular transport and secretion of macromolecules, and some aspects of bacterial genomics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the mechanisms of replication, maintenance and transfer of bacterial plasmids;

  1. Explain the processes of recombination and DNA repair in bacterial cells;

  1. Describe the molecular biology of transposons, integrons and pathogenicity islands;

  1. Define the molecular aspects of transport, assembly and secretion in the bacterial cell;

  1. Describe how bacteria regulate gene expression;

  1. Develop skills in the molecular analysis of components and processes in the bacterial cell, including the use of bioinformatics to analyse bacterial genomic data;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to execute laboratory experiments relevant to advanced molecular microbiology, as well as analyse and report experimental results by a scientific laboratory report and poster presentation.

Assessment

Written theory examination (3 hour): 50%
Practical class assessment: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

At least two of BMS2052, BMS2062, MIC2011, MIC2022, MOL2011 and MOL2022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Hans Netter and Professor Christian Doerig

Synopsis

The unit will cover molecular aspects of virus replication and introduce the students to the mechanisms used by viruses in causing disease in infected hosts. The focus will be on human and animal viruses. The molecular properties of RNA- and DNA-containing viruses will be presented. The lecture material will be supported by practical experiments which demonstrate both classical techniques in animal virology and the methods of recombinant DNA used to analyse virus replication.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the interactions between viral and cell components that lead to disease in animal and human hosts;

  1. Explain the different expression strategies used by RNA- and DNA- containing viruses and the methodology used to study viral genomes;

  1. Evaluate the suitability of viruses as gene delivery vectors;

  1. Describe the threat to world health of emerging viral diseases;

  1. Demonstrate practical skills in the purification and assay of animal viruses and molecular virology techniques used to analyse viral genomes;

  1. Develop skills in the proper preparation and submission of laboratory reports.

Assessment

Written theory examination (2 hours): 48%
Theory of practical examination (2 hours): 26%
Laboratory reports, practical and theoretical class assessment: 26%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial presentation per week

Prerequisites

At least two of BMS2052, BMS2062, MIC2011, MIC2022, MOL2011 and MOL2022


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Dena Lyras and Dr Meredith Hughes

Synopsis

The unit will introduce the student to the methods and approaches used to analyse pathogenic mechanisms of bacterial infections. The emphasis is on genetic approaches to studying pathogenesis, processes in pathogenesis, bacterial exotoxins and endotoxins. The details of these processes for selected bacterial infections will be studied by discussion of the most recent scientific research literature in this area.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the processes of bacterial pathogenesis including adhesion, cell invasion, replication and the production of bacterial toxins;

  1. Explain the genetic approaches used to study bacterial pathogenesis;

  1. Describe the innate immune response to bacterial pathogens;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the current literature on pathogenic mechanisms for selected bacterial infections;

  1. Perform literature based research using online databases to collect, analyse and interpret research literature relevant to a specific bacterial pathogen and to effectively communicate this by oral presentation and the preparation of a book chapter;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to work co-operatively in a small group writing, planning, editing and assembling a scientific book.

Assessment

Written theory examination (2 hour): 50%
Submission of co-operative collection of essays (each essay up to 4000 words): 50%
There is no practical class associated with this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and 2 hours of tutorial/discussion/research colloquium session per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Boyce and Professor Christian Doerig

Synopsis

In this unit, aspects of microbiology are presented which are relevant to infectious diseases. It builds on the content of previous subjects providing a basis of the study of medical microbiology, especially the nature of microbial infections of different body systems, immunity and mechanisms of host resistance, vaccines and the mode of action of antibiotics and how microbes become resistant to them.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe medically important micro-organisms that cause disease in human and animal hosts;

  1. Describe micro-organisms that cause infections in different body systems such as skin; respiratory tract; gastrointestinal tract; genitourinary tract and the cardiovascular system. Including microbial pathogenesis, transmission, diagnosis, prevention and treatment;

  1. Explain the host response to infection, mechanisms of host resistance and vaccination;

  1. Describe the principles of antimicrobial action and how microbes become resistant to them;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to execute laboratory experiments relevant to advanced medical microbiology, including culturing of micro-organism, microscopy and advanced diagnostic methods used to identify microbial pathogens;

  1. Communicate experimental results through the writing of scientific reports and oral presentations.

Assessment

Written theory examination (2-hours):50%
Theory of practical examination (1-hour): 20%
Laboratory reports and practical class assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and up to one 3-hour laboratory class or tutorial/ discussion session per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Ben Adler and Associate Professor Jose Garcia-Bustos

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Microbiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Microbiology. The unit convener and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of the enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Microbiology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Microbiology.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%; final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of Microbiology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction over 24 points at second or third year level in appropriate units.


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood and Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project. Students will submit a written literature review in the area of the research project (5,000-7,000 words), and at the end of the project present a seminar on their research findings, submit a written research report (15,000 - 20,000 words), and take part in an oral review of that report.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Literature review: 10%
Seminar: 10%
Research report: 70%
Report review: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood and Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4100

Assessment

Refer to MIC4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood and Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4100

Assessment

Refer to MIC4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood and Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester. Students will undertake two colloquia on advanced research topics not related to their research project, each of which will be assessed by oral presentation and a written assignment of up to 2,500 words.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Oral presentations: 50%
Written assignments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood and Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4200

Assessment

Refer to MIC4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Julian Rood and Dr John Boyce

Synopsis

Refer to MIC4200

Assessment

Refer to MIC4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in the areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, ovarian and fetal physiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Monash Immunology and Stem Cell Laboratories. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Students will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, write a preliminary and final report on the project and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of stem cell biology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of stem cell biology.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final, 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Director of MISCL


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, ovarian and fetal physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the year.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research thesis: 85%
Two seminars: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points at level three in PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH units or an approved relevant discipline; or 18 points of PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in an approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

The part time Honours unit aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, or ovarian and fetal physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research proposal: 75%
One seminar: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points at level three from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH or an approved relevant discipline; or 18 points from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH and 6 points from an approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

The part time Honours unit aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of stem cell technologies and tissue repair, immunology, germ cells, embryology, ovarian and fetal physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to train students in cutting edge scientific techniques as well as developing broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project of a publishable standard that forms the basis of a thesis due at the end of the year. Students will also present seminars on their research throughout the unit.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Assessment will be a submission of a research proposal: 75%
One seminar: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by the honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points at level three from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH or an approved relevant discipline; or 18 points from PHY, ANT, IMM, PHA, DEV, GEN or BCH and 6 points in an approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

The unit aims to develop analytical abilities and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of Regenerative Medicine and Biomedical Science. Students will undertake an oral presentation of a current issue in the Biomedical/Biotechnological/Regenerative Medical field and a written critique of a scientific article. Students will also undertake a component of work within their selected discipline that is unrelated to their specific research component and which involves some level of advanced theoretical training. Candidates may commence at the beginning of either first or second semester.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%
Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%
Critique of scientific article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points of level three PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA, MIC or BCH or approved relevant discipline; or 18 points PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in approved relevant discipline.

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

Refer to MIS4200

Outcomes

Refer to MIS4200

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%
Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%
Critique of scientific article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by the Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points of level three PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA, MIC or BCH or approved relevant discipline; or 18 points PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in approved relevant discipline


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ann Chidgey

Synopsis

Refer to MIS4200

Outcomes

Refer to MIS4200

Assessment

Oral presentation of current issue in Biomedicine: 30%
Review of literature on an area of research unrelated to project (2000 words): 40%
Critique of scientific article: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

A Distinction average in 24 points of level three PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA, MIC or BCH or approved relevant discipline; or 18 points PHY, ANT, DEV, GEN, IMM, PHA or BCH and 6 points in approved relevant discipline


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Priscilla Johanesenand Associate Professor Hans Netter (Microbiology)

Synopsis

Topics include the molecular nature of nucleic acids and the mechanism by which they specify proteins; mutations and their consequences; the impact of viruses, mobile genetic elements and extranuclear organelle genomes on the genetic material of the nucleus; expression of genetic information and how it is regulated.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the properties and composition of nucleic acids and the mechanism by which they specify proteins in prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells;

  1. Explain the molecular basis of mutation and implications for genetic variation;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the contribution and impact on the genome of viruses, mobile genetic elements and extranuclear genetic information;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge in the diversity of mechanisms for control of gene expression and regulation;

  1. Acquire basic laboratory skills in molecular biological techniques and develop skills in the presentation of data and scientific ideas verbally and through written means.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%
Examinations (3 hours): 60%
Practical work and assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour small group teaching or practical exercise per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BTH2746, BMS1062


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Terry Kwok-Schuelein

Synopsis

Topics include recombinant DNA technology; use of bioinformatic tools to handle biological data generated by DNA and protein sequencing; genetic technology and its application in biotechnology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe basic recombinant DNA techniques and their application;

  1. Discuss how biological information is stored in databases and how to retrieve, manipulate and interpret this information;

  1. Explain the procedures for genetic manipulation;

  1. Summarise recent and emerging examples of molecular biotechnology;

  1. Discuss and evaluate regulatory and other issues arising from the use of new technologies;

  1. Demonstrate basic laboratory skills in recombinant DNA techniques;

  1. Apply appropriate computer softwares to retrieve and manipulate information from bioinformatics databases;

  1. Present data and scientific ideas verbally, as well as in writing.

Assessment

Mid-semester test (45 min): 10%
Examinations (3 hours): 65%
Laboratory training: 15%
Syndicate sessions and assignments: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and one 3-hour small group teaching or practical exercise per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

BTH3757, BMS2062


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
Monash Passport categoryDepth (Enhance Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Christian Jakob

Synopsis

Climate change is becoming an ever greater challenge to the sustainability of modern society. This unit explores the basic principles and physical processes that define and govern the Earth's climate. The response of the atmosphere and ocean to these forces are explored, as well as their role in establishing the variability of climate. Major human decisions that affect climate are then considered followed by an exploration of the global governance of the climate change regime in the context of the broader consequences of climate change to our society. Mitigation and adaptation scenarios are explored, and the design and costs of the climate change policies necessary to implement these various strategies.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic scientific concepts underpinning climate change, climate change impacts and responses;

  1. Critically evaluate information on climate change, climate change impacts and responses from a variety of sources including scientific reports, blogs and the media;

  1. Develop, apply, integrate and generate knowledge to analyse and solve problems in climate change, its impacts and the options for possible societal responses;

  1. Demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, problem solving, communication skills and team work;

  1. Convey the basic concepts of climate change, its impacts and possible responses to diverse audiences.

Assessment

Project 1: 20%
Essay: 20%
Project 2: 30%
Final Examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week, one 2-hour laboratory/support class per week, plus private study/research time

Prohibitions

ATM1020


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Science, Sunway
Monash Passport categoryDepth (Enhance Program)
OfferedSunway Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Catherine Yule

Synopsis

Humans have had an enormous impact on the world's resources to such an extent that our survival is in jeopardy. In this multidisciplinary unit, students will investigate the potential of recent research into science, medicine, engineering, architecture and social science to understand these problems and to ameliorate them - to protect the environment, enhance the quality of life and promote social justice. Students will undertake a group research project related to supporting sustainability of our planet. The projects will be supervised by the appropriate faculty, but students from any faculty can do any project. The aim of the unit is for students to make a difference - to make the world a better place. At the same time, students will learn how to undertake research, and to appreciate approaches to research across the disciplines.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the concept of sustainability from a wide variety of perspectives including environmental, economic, engineering, public health and social justice;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the Earth's physical, chemical and biological resources and their role in human survival;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the ethical responsibility and impact of humans on the Earth's resources;

  1. Critically evaluate research into human impacts and sustainability and demonstrate knowledge and develop ideas as to how the impacts can be reversed or ameliorated;

  1. Design, analyse and communicate a research project relating to sustainability of the Earth;

  1. Demonstrate competence in information technology, data handling, problem solving, communication skills and team work.

Assessment

Critical review of the literature: 10%
Powerpoint presentation of proposal for project: 10%
Final group presentation (eg. video, poster, webpage): 45%
Individual journal and final essay: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

This is a seven week Summer unit consisting of:

Four hours of lectures per week for the first four weeks
Five hours of tutorials/group work per week
60 hours of field work
4-5 hours of private study per week


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a research project involving some original work on a topic chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate the in-depth knowledge of materials science fundamentals to choose, formulate, perform and interpret the results of a definite piece of work;

  1. Summarise (via writing and presentation) the deeper understanding and significance of the topic to peers, experts and the community at large;

  1. Judge and assess the OHSE and risk related consequences of chosen course of action;

  1. Relate and describe the connections between materials science and fundamental sciences of physics, chemistry, mathematics and biology as well as engineering;

  1. Demonstrate a wider appreciation of the professional and ethical requirements of materials science.

Assessment

Literature survey: 10%
Thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4100

Assessment

Refer to MSC4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4100

Assessment

Refer to MSC4100

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the unit coordinator and the student's academic supervisor, from offerings within the Department of Materials Engineering. Up to 12 credit points could be taken from appropriate offerings with the Faculty of Science, depending on the student satisfying the pre-requisites.

Assessment

Examination and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4200

Assessment

Refer to MSC4200

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nikhil Medhekar

Synopsis

Refer to MSC4200

Assessment

Refer to MSC4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
Monash Passport categoryAdvanced Studies (Enhance Program)
OfferedNot offered in 2013
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

A series of mathematical topics chosen from a range of areas of pure and applied mathematics and mathematical statistics, including dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, mathematical modelling, number theory, logic, algebra, operation research and applied linear algebra. For example, applied linear algebra topics may include several important applications of eigenanalysis, including image compression, face recognition and understanding how Google's Page Rank search algorithm works.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate a variety of novel applications of mathematics;

  1. Demonstrate skills in independent investigation of a mathematical problem;

  1. Undertake a critical evaluation of some aspect of the mathematics literature;

  1. Demonstrate communication skills, including by presenting an oral report on their work;

  1. Use technical word processing packages, such as LaTeX, and graphics software packages.

Assessment

Assignments 40%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour tutorial / computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Bachelor of Science (Science Scholar Program) or Bachelor of Science Advanced with Honours with a HD in MTH1030 or D and above in MTH1035, or by invitation of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John McCloughan

Synopsis

Functions, domain and range, function representation; different types of functions including linear, exponential, logarithmic, trigonometric, polynomial and rational functions; function algebra; composition of functions; inverse of functions; transformations; modelling with functions; rates of change; introduction to differentiation and integration, including techniques and applications.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the properties of elementary functions by means of tables, graphs and mathematical expressions;

  1. Manipulate functions using a range of methods from algebra and calculus;

  1. Apply functions and appropriate mathematical tools to model simple physical systems;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in using a computer to solve simple mathematical problems;

  1. Communicate mathematical arguments in written form.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests: 40%
Student must pass the final examination to be granted a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prohibitions

MTH1049. Please note that students who have already completed MTH1020, MTH1030 or MTH1035 cannot enrol in MTH1010.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tom Hall (Clayton); Dr Andrew Percy (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Properties of real and complex numbers; algebraic functions and common transcendental functions; modelling change using elementary functions; limits and continuity; rate of change, derivatives, local and global extrema; sums and integrals, anti-derivatives, calculus applications: optimisation, area and volume, introduction to differential equations; Vectors in two- and three- dimensional space.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of complex numbers, including algebraic manipulations and their various representations;

  1. Demonstrate basic knowledge of vectors in two and three-dimensional space, their properties, and geometric applications;

  1. Calculate simple limits to describe continuity and behaviour of one-variable real functions near a point and at infinity;

  1. Explain how differentiation and integration arise as limits of functions;

  1. Calculate derivatives and integrals using a variety of methods;

  1. Use calculus methods to analyse function characteristics such as local and global extrema, concavity and points of inflection;

  1. Solve differential equations of the separable variables type;

  1. Use calculus techniques to solve a variety of problems that can be modelled with functions or with first order differential equations;

  1. Demonstrate proficiency in mathematical writing and communication.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests: 40%
Students must pass the examination to be awarded a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1010 or VCE Mathematical Methods units 3 and 4 (with an average grade of C or above in the written examination components)

Prohibitions

MTH1055. Please note that students who have already completed MTH1030 or MTH1035 cannot enrol in MTH1020.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Tokarev (Clayton), Dr Andrew Percy (Gippsland)

Synopsis

Solution of systems of linear equations using Gaussian elimination; matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; introduction to vectors; methods of integration - substitutions and integration by parts; solution of first-order ordinary differential equations - separable, use of integrating factor; solution of second-order linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and applications; Taylor series and series convergence; the remainder term.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of linear algebra, recognise and manipulate elements of vector spaces;

  1. Formulate and solve equations involving vectors and matrices, including for three-dimensional geometry;

  1. Identify and evaluate improper integrals;

  1. Solve simple first and second order differential equations, and formulate them for applications to physical systems;

  1. Compute Taylor series expansions, with remainder, for functions of one variable;

  1. Apply Taylor series and l'Hopital's rule to compute limits;

  1. Understand and compute the convergence properties of infinite series;

  1. Provide written reports that contain complete mathematical arguments.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours) 60%
Reports, assignments and tests: 40%
Students must pass the examination to be awarded a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

MTH1020 or VCE Specialist Mathematics units 3 and 4 (with an average grade of B or above in the written examination components)

Prohibitions

MTH1035, MTH1085


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
Monash Passport categoryAdvanced Studies (Enhance Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Simon Teague

Synopsis

Solution of systems of linear equations using Gaussian elimination; matrices and determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors; introduction to vectors; parametric curves; methods of integration - substitutions and integration by parts; solution of first-order ordinary differential equations - separable, use of integrating factor; solution of second-order linear ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients and applications; Sequences and series, Taylor series and series convergence, the remainder term.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic concepts of linear algebra, and recognise and manipulate elements of vector spaces;

  1. Formulate and solve equations involving vectors and matrices, including for three-dimensional geometry;

  1. Identify and evaluate improper integrals;

  1. Solve simple first and second order differential equations, and formulate them for applications to physical systems;

  1. Compute Taylor series expansions, with remainder, for functions of one variable;

  1. Apply Taylor series and l'Hopital's rule to compute limits;

  1. Understand and compute the convergence properties of infinite series;

  1. Provide written reports that contain complete mathematical arguments;

  1. Understand the concept of mathematical proof and the difference between proof by construction and proof by induction;

  1. Prove elementary theorems by induction and by construction.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 40%
Final Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour tutorial/computer laboratory per week.

Prerequisites

VCE Specialist Mathematics with an ATAR/ENTER score of 95 or above; a VCE study score of 35 or above in Specialist Mathematics; a High Distinction in MTH1020; or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Faculty of Science office.

Prohibitions

MTH1030, MTH1085


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

A mathematical research project chosen from a range of areas of mathematics and statistics, including astrophysics, dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, number theory, logic and meteorology.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the power of mathematics and its applications;

  1. Demonstrate research skills including accessing the existing literature, analysing data, and where appropriate developing and checking mathematical models;

  1. Apply critical thinking skills to using and analysing data collections both in the library and on the Internet;

  1. Demonstrate communication skills by presenting both an oral and written report on their work;

  1. Use technical word processing packages and graphics software effectively in the presentation of their work.

Assessment

Project report: 80%
Progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Bachelor of Science (Science Scholar Program) or permission from the Head of School


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Semester One - Dr Simon Clarke (Clayton), Dr Andrew Percy (Gippsland); Semester Two - Associate Professor Steven Siems

Synopsis

Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals. Vector differential calculus; grad, div and curl. Integral theorems of Gauss and Stokes. Use of a computer algebra package.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply multivariable calculus to problems in the mathematical and physical sciences;

  1. Find and classify the extrema of functions of several variables;

  1. Compute Taylor series for functions of several variables;

  1. Compute line, surface and volume integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical polar coordinates;

  1. Apply the integral theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes;

  1. Use computer algebra packages to solve mathematical problems;

  1. Present a mathematical argument in written form.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Projects: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Dr Simon Clarke (Semester One)
Associate Professor Steven Siems (Semester Two)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or MTH1085

Prohibitions

ENG2091, MAT2901, MAT2911, MTH2015


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
Monash Passport categoryAdvanced Studies (Enhance Program)
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr John McCloughan

Synopsis

This unit is an alternative to MTH2010 for students with a strong mathematical foundation.
Functions of several variables, partial derivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipliers. Multiple integrals, line integrals, surface integrals. Vector differential calculus; grad, div and curl. Integral theorems of Gauss and Stokes. Use of a computer algebra package.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply multivariable calculus to problems in the mathematical and physical sciences;

  1. Find and classify the extrema of functions of several variables;

  1. Compute Taylor series for functions of several variables;

  1. Compute line, surface and volume integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and polar coordinates;

  1. Apply the integral theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes;

  1. Use computer algebra packages to solve mathematical problems;

  1. Present a mathematical argument in written form;

  1. Understand and apply the formal definition of a limit to functions of several variables;

  1. Prove various identities between grad, div and curl;

  1. Develop and present rigorous mathematical proofs.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 40%
Final Examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour tutorial/computer laboratory per week

Prerequisites

A High Distinction in VCE Enhancement Mathematics or MTH1030; a Distinction in MTH1035; or by approval of the Head of School of Mathematical Sciences. In order to enrol in this unit students will need to apply via the Faculty of Science office.

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tim Garoni

Synopsis

Vector spaces, linear transformations. Determinants, eigenvalue problems. Inner products, symmetric matrices, quadratic forms. Jacobi iteration, Gauss-Seidel iteration, least squares approximation, power method. Applications to coding, computer graphics, geometry, dynamical systems, Markov chains, differential equations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic concepts related to vector spaces, including subspace, span, linear independence and basis;

  1. Understand basic properties of linear transformations and identify their kernel and range;

  1. Diagonalize real matrices by computing their eigenvalues and finding their eigenspaces;

  1. Understand basic concepts related to inner product spaces and apply these to problems such as least-squares data fitting;

  1. Apply tools from linear algebra in a wide variety of relevant situations;

  1. Understand and apply relevant numerical methods and demonstrate computational skills in linear algebra;

  1. Present clear mathematical arguments in both written and oral forms.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments: 20%
Laboratory work: 10%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MAT1841, MTH1030, MTH1035, or equivalent

Prohibitions

MAT2912


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

The study of Models of physical problems particularly heat conduction and oscillations, using computer simulation, laboratory experiments and mathematical analysis. Computer algorithms and mathematical techniques for ordinary differential equations using Euler and Predictor-Corrector methods with exact solutions found using separation of variables, integrating factors and substitution methods. The partial differential equations for material transport, heat conduction and wave motion are derived using physical models and solved using separation of variables and computational algorithms. Applications are to wave motion and heat conduction in a variety of practical situations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe various classes of ordinary and partial differential equations and the physical systems to which they apply;

  1. Identify the differential equations that describe various physical process including those for simple harmonic motion, diffusion, wave propagation and potential-driven systems;

  1. Describe the essential properties of the solutions of those differential equations;

  1. Construct solutions of differential equations using analytic, computational and graphical methods;

  1. Use computer algebra packages to assist in solving and interpreting the solution of differential equations;

  1. Appreciate the role that differential equations and their solutions play in the scientific process, in particular their use as a tool to model physical systems and allow predictions to be made and tested.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Continuous assessments: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1.5 hour workshop per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030, MTH1035, or MTH1085

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

MAT2902, MAT2911


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tom Hall

Synopsis

Groups in geometry, linear algebra, and number theory; cyclic and abelian groups; permutation groups; subgroups, cosets and normal subgroups; homomorphisms, isomorphisms and the fundamental homomorphism theorem. The Euclidean algorithm, prime factorisation, congruences, the Euler totient function; the theorems of Fermat, Euler and Wilson, and the RSA public key cryptosystem; Chinese remainder theorem; rings, fields and abelian groups in number theory.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the beauty and the power of pure mathematics;

  1. Understand the fundamental concepts of algebra and number theory;

  1. Appreciate the notion of proof in mathematics and be able to carry out basic proofs;

  1. Appreciate the beauty of the mathematics of the ancient Greeks, including Euclid and Diophantes;

  1. Appreciate the power of large primes in enabling crypto-systems for banking;

  1. Understand the power of the generality of the concepts in group theory.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MTH3121, MTH2122, MTH3122


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Burkard Polster

Synopsis

This unit is intended for students with little or no mathematical background. Through the discussion of historical, practical and conceptual questions, it will emphasise the beauty and the power of mathematics. The number of topics covered will be very broad. These will include, amongst many others:

  • Symmetry (regular solids, tilings, Escher, ruler-and-compass, origami)
  • Fibonacci numbers and Golden Ratio
  • Optimal design (soap bubble maths, minimal networks)
  • Mathematical soul capturing (the maths of juggling and lacing shoes)
  • Visualising the 4th dimension
  • The shape of space (Mobius bands, Klein bottles, "pacman" spaces)
  • Infinity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the beauty and power of mathematics;

  1. Understand the fundamental concepts of number theory and geometry;

  1. Understand the notion of proof in mathematics and carry out basic proofs;

  1. Appreciate the historical interplay between mathematics and attempts to understand the physical world;

  1. State some of the great unsolved problems in modern mathematics.

Assessment

Weekly problem sheets: 25%
Essay: 25%
Final exam: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

24 points of university studies


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

Real numbers, countable and uncountable sets, paradoxes of the infinite, the Cantor set; compactness and convergence; sequences and series; continuous and differentiable functions; fixed points and contractions; applications to Markov chains, branching processes and integral equations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the rich mathematical structure of the real numbers;

  1. Understand a variety of paradoxes of the infinite;

  1. Understand the basic concepts of analysis including limits, derivatives, integrals, sequences and series;

  1. Appreciate the applicability of mathematical ideas to other areas of science;

  1. Identify areas of mathematics where the intuition is unreliable;

  1. Appreciate and develop some simple mathematical proofs and the use of rigorous mathematical arguments;

  1. Apply the tools of real analysis to study discrete dynamical systems.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and participation in support classes: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MTH2111, MTH3111, MTH3140


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kais Hamza

Synopsis

Probability models. Random variables and their distributions. Multivariate distributions. Conditional distributions and conditional expectations. Generating functions. The Law of Large Numbers and the Central Limit Theorem. Introduction to stochastic processes (random walk, finite state Markov chain, branching processes). Application to statistical models. Sampling distribution. Mathematical principles of inference.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic concepts in statistical modelling and applied probability;

  1. Apply statistical techniques to practical problems in areas of science and industry;

  1. Understand the mathematical principles underlying statistical inference using the normal, binomial, t, F and chi-square distributions.

Assessment

Examination(3 hours): 70%
Continuous assessment: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH1030 or MTH1035, or equivalent

Co-requisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015 or MTH2021

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kais Hamza

Synopsis

This unit is a rigorous introduction to the theory of mathematical statistics and more specifically of statistical inference. It provides the mathematical theory underlying the methods and concepts used in statistics, such as estimation and hypothesis testing. This unit will cover a variety topics including: properties of a random sample, principles of data reduction, point estimation (including maximum likelihood estimation), hypothesis testing, interval estimation, the analysis of variance and linear regression.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate understanding of basic concepts in statistical inference, and in particular point and confidence estimation and hypothesis testing;

  1. Use point and confidence estimation and hypothesis testing in a variety of contexts including analysis of variance and linear regression;

  1. Demonstrate advanced skills in the effective use of statistical software;

  1. Demonstrate advanced skills in the written and oral presentation of mathematical and statistical arguments.

Assessment

Continuous assessments: 30%
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures plus one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015 or MTH2021


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to work with a supervisor and complete a mathematical research project chosen from a range of areas of mathematics and statistics, including astrophysics, dynamics, chaos, computing algorithm design, number theory, logic and meteorology. Students will complete a written final report, two written progress reports, and will give an oral presentation on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the power of mathematics and its applications;

  1. Demonstrate research skills including accessing the existing literature, analysing data, and where appropriate developing and checking mathematical models;

  1. Apply high-level critical thinking skills to using and analysing data collections both in the library and on the Internet;

  1. Demonstrate high-level communication skills by presenting both an oral and written report on their work;

  1. Use technical word processing packages and graphics software effectively in the presentation of their work;

  1. Understand applications of mathematics beyond those in mathematics and statistics units.

Assessment

Project report: 80%
Progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Michael Page

Synopsis

Introduction to PDEs; first-order PDEs and characteristics, the advection equation. Finite-difference methods for ODEs, truncation error. The wave equation: exact solution, reflection of waves. The heat equation: exact solution, fixed and insulating boundary conditions. Forward, backward and Crank-Nicholson numerical methods for the heat equation, truncation errors and stability analysis. Types of second-order PDEs; boundary and/or initial conditions for well-posed problems. Exact solutions of Laplace's equation. Iterative methods for Laplace's equation; convergence. Numerical methods for the advection equation; upwind differencing. Separation of variables for the wave and heat equations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the role of partial differential equations in the mathematical modelling of physical processes;

  1. Solve a range of first-order partial differential equations including using the 'method of characteristics';

  1. Appreciate the properties of the three basic types of linear second-order partial differential equations, including suitable initial and/or boundary conditions;

  1. Understand the mathematical properties of the diffusion equation, wave equation and Laplace's equation and solve them exactly under some simple conditions;

  1. Analyse and interpret simple applications modelled by the advection equation, diffusion equation and Laplace's equation;

  1. Understand the principles of finite-difference approximation of ordinary and partial differential equations and appreciate the advantages and disadvantages of a range of useful numerical techniques, including their stability;

  1. Evaluate numerical solutions of some partial differential equations using computers, and display those results graphically.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and tests: 25%
Laboratory work: 5%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015, and MTH2032, or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Greg Markowsky

Synopsis

Complex numbers and functions; domains and curves in the complex plane; differentiation; integration; Cauchy's integral theorem and its consequences; Taylor and Laurent series; Laplace and Fourier transforms; complex inversion formula; branch points and branch cuts; applications to initial value problems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic properties of complex numbers and functions, including differentiability;

  1. Evaluate line integrals in the complex plane;

  1. Understand Cauchy's integral theorem and its consequences;

  1. Determine and work with Laurent and Taylor series;

  1. Understand the method of Laplace transforms and evaluate the inverse transform;

  1. Appreciate the importance of complex analysis for other mathematical units, as well as for physics and engineering, through seeing applications of the theory;

  1. Use a computer algebra package to assist in the application of complex analysis.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and quizzes: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour computer laboratory and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015, or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leo Brewin

Synopsis

The unit offers a practical introduction to numerical computing. It begins by introducing the computing package MATLAB which is widely used in science and engineering. MATLAB will be the basis for all teaching and practical work. Topics covered include error analysis, the solution of algebraic equations; approximations of functions: curve fitting, least squares and interpolation; analysis of data by Fourier Transforms and FFTs; numerical differentiation and integration; ordinary differential equations. These topics will be supported with case studies drawn from various disciplines in the physical sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Use a computer as a tool to solve mathematical problems using a simple but powerful package such as MATLAB;

  1. Understand how algorithms can be used to translate from mathematics into MATLAB programs;

  1. Demonstrate that there are a variety of ways to solve a numerical problem;

  1. Recognise the strengths and weaknesses of alternative algorithms;

  1. Select the appropriate algorithm for the problem at hand;

  1. Understand the approximations introduced in algorithms and the effects that those approximations have on the quality of calculations.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Laboratory classes and assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one hour of laboratory classes per week

Prerequisites

At least one of MTH2010, MTH2015 or MTH2021

Prohibitions

MTH2051


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Paul Cally and Dr Simon Clarke

Synopsis

This unit examines two particular classes of ordinary differential equations: dynamical systems and boundary-value problems. The investigation of boundary-value problems considers Sturm-Liouville eigenvalues problems and orthogonal polynomials, shooting and direct matrix methods for the numerical investigation of boundary-value problems and iterative matrix methods. The second topic of dynamical systems considers analytical and numerical methods for planar autonomous systems, classification of critical points using eigenvalues and eigenvectors and perturbation methods for periodic and nearly periodic motion. Programming skills are developed in the context of the analytic and numerical investigation of advanced ordinary differential equations using MATLAB.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the importance of differential equations in modelling;

  1. Understand and solve Sturm-Liouville eigenvalue problems and use orthogonal polynomials to find exact solutions of boundary-value problems;

  1. Solve linear ordinary differential equations using series methods and Green's functions;

  1. Apply both analytical and numerical methods for the solution of planar autonomous systems;

  1. Classify critical points using eigenvalues and eigenvectors;

  1. Use perturbation methods for periodic and nearly periodic motion.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments and tests: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour combined tutorial and computer laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

MTH2032 and MTH2051 or MTH3051


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Daniel Mathews

Synopsis

This unit will explore the metric structure of curves and surfaces, primarily in 3-dimensional Euclidean space. Concepts of curvature arise naturally, and the major focus will be on the inter-relationships of various definitions of curvature, such as the normal and binormal curvatures of a curve, and the extrinsic, principal and Gaussian curvatures of a surface. Links will be drawn with many other areas of mathematics, including complex analysis, linear algebra, differential equations, and general relativity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the significance of intrinsic measures of curvature, for curves and surfaces in R^3;

  1. Compute curvature and related quantities, by hand and using computer software;

  1. Understand tensors and their use in geometry;

  1. Communicate mathematical ideas and work in teams as appropriate for the discipline of mathematics.

Assessment

Two assignments: 10% each
One project: 20%
Final examination: 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and one hour support class per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MTH3132


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Tom Hall

Synopsis

As for MTH2121.

Assessment

As for MTH2121. Third-year students will be expected to exhibit a higher level of knowledge in this subject.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MTH2121, MTH2122, MTH3122


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

As for MTH2140

Outcomes

Refer to MTH2140

Assessment

As for MTH2140. Third-year students will be expected to exhibit a higher level of knowledge and skills in this unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MTH2111, MTH3111, MTH2140


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Ian Wanless

Synopsis

Rings, fields, ideals, algebraic extension fields. Coding theory and cryptographic applications of finite fields. Gaussian integers, Hamilton's quaternions, Chinese Remainder Theorem. Euclidean Algorithm in further fields.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate advanced concepts, algorithms and results in number theory;

  1. Use Gaussian integers to find the primes expressible as a sum of squares;

  1. Understand Diophantine equations, primitive roots and the quaternions - the best known skew field;

  1. Appreciate many of the links between algebra and number theory;

  1. Understand the most commonly occurring rings and fields: integers, integers modulo n, rationals, reals and complex numbers, more general structures such as algebraic number fields, algebraic integers and finite fields;

  1. Perform calculations in the algebra of polynomials;

  1. Use the Euclidean algorithm in structures other than integers;

  1. Construct larger fields from smaller fields (field extensions);

  1. Apply field theory to coding and cryptography.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 70%
Assignments and tests: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gilbert Weinstein

Synopsis

This unit will explore the power of mathematical generalisation, by showing how rather elementary techniques from the theory of abstract metric spaces, lead directly to proofs of fundamental results on ordinary differential equations and in geometry. Extending linear algebra to infinite-dimensional topological vector spaces leads to the general theory of Hilbert spaces, which has important applications in all areas of mathematics and the physical sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic topological properties of metric spaces, and their applications to problems in other areas of mathematics;

  1. Understand and appreciate some important basic theorems in analysis and their applications, such as the Ascoli-Arzela Theorem, the Weierstrass approximation theorem, the inverse and implicit function theorems;

  1. Recognise the conditions for existence and uniqueness of solutions to the initial value problem for systems of ordinary differential equations;

  1. Communicate mathematical ideas and work in teams as appropriate for the discipline of mathematics.

Assessment

Three assignments: 10% each
Final examination: 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures and one hour support class per week.

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Boris Miller

Synopsis

Multivariate distributions. Estimation: maximum of likelihood and method of moments. Confidence intervals. Analysis in the time domain: stationary models, autocorrelation, partial autocorrelation. ARMA and ARIMA models. Analysis in the frequency domain (Spectral analysis): spectrum, periodigram, linear and digital filters, cross-correlations and cross-spectrum, spectral estimators, confidence interval for the spectral density. State-space models. Kalman filter. Empirical Orthogonal Functions and other Eigen Methods. Use of ITSM.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the concept of stationary time series;

  1. Understand the concept of projection and its use in forecasting;

  1. Understand the models of autoregression and moving averages and their combinations;

  1. Analyse time series in time domain as well as frequency domain;

  1. Understand the model of Kalman filter;

  1. Use the package ITSM to analyse time series data.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments, tests and participation in tutorials: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032 or MTH2222. MTH2222 is highly recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kais Hamza

Synopsis

This unit introduces the methods of stochastic processes and statistics used in the analysis of biological data, physics, economics and engineering. At the completion of the unit students will understand the application of classical techniques, such as Poisson processes, Markov chains, hidden Markov chains, random walks, martingale theory, birth and death processes, and branching processes in the analysis of DNA sequences, population genetics, dynamics of populations, telecommunications and economic analysis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the idea of random variables varying with time;

  1. Analyse Markov chains at the elementary level, in discrete and continuous time;

  1. Understand key processes in probability, including the Poisson process, birth process, birth and death process, branching processes, random walks, martingales;

  1. Apply the probability processes to practical situations, including queues, epidemics, servicing machines, networks, financial markets and insurance risk.

Assessment

Final exam: 70%
Assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH1030, MTH1035 or ETC2440 and one of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032, MTH2222 or ETC2520. Either MTH2222 or ETC2520 is highly recommended.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Fima Klebaner

Synopsis

Random variables, application to models of random payoffs. Conditional expectation. Normal distribution and multivariate normal distribution. Best predictors. Stochastic (random) processes. Random walk. Limit theorems. Brownian motion. Ito integral and Ito's formula. Black-Scholes, Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process and Vasicek's stochastic differential equations. Martingales. Gambler's ruin. Fundamental theorems of Mathematical Finance. Binomial and Black-Scholes models. Models for Interest Rates. Risk models in insurance. Ruin probability bound. Principles of simulation. Use of Excel package.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate the modern approach to evaluation of uncertain future payoffs;

  1. Describe the concepts of arbitrage and fair games and their relevance to finance and insurance;

  1. Understand conditional expectation, martingales, and stopping times, as well as the Optional Stopping Theorem;

  1. Interpret models of random processes such as random walk, Brownian motion and diffusion, and stochastic differential equations;

  1. Use Ito's formula and basic stochastic calculus to solve some stochastic differential equations;

  1. Apply the Fundamental theorems of asset pricing to the Binomial and Black-Scholes models, as well as models for bonds and options on bonds;

  1. Formulate discrete time Risk Model in Insurance and use the Optional Stopping Theorem to control probabilities of ruin;

  1. Simulate stochastic processes and solutions of stochastic differential equations, and obtain prices by simulations.

Assessment

Assignments: 20%
Weekly exercises: 10%
Final examination (three hours): 70%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

One of MTH1030, MTH1035 or ETC2440 and one of MTH2010, MTH2015, MTH2032, MTH2222 or ETC2520. Either MTH2222 or ETC2520 is highly recommended.

Prohibitions

ETC3510, ETC5351


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Louis Moresi and Dr Rosemary Mardling

Synopsis

The basic equations of fluid dynamics; Cartesian tensors, the viscous stress tensor; equations of state; linearisation, sound and internal gravity waves; phase and group velocity; non-linear evolution; shocks; computational methods; Bernoulli's equation; vorticity and circulation; Kelvin's circulation theorem; rotational and irrotational flow; two dimensional homogenous incompressible flow; viscous effects and boundary layers; separation from a ball, with applications to cricket, golf and baseball; flow in a rotating reference frame, geostrophic flow.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the scope of fluid dynamics in the physical sciences;

  1. Apply the method of linearisation, and apply it to the dynamics of waves in fluids;

  1. Understand the physical reasons why waves may shock, and the nature of the developed shocks after they do;

  1. Appreciate blast wave solutions, and the method of similarity;

  1. Use several basic numerical methods for one dimensional gas dynamics, and understand their strengths and limitations;

  1. Understand how the fluid equations can be simplified for inviscid incompressible flow;

  1. Calculate some simple irrotational flows;

  1. Understand the effects of viscosity on high-speed flow, including the formation and behaviour of boundary layers;

  1. Appreciate the properties of rotating flows and the importance of the geostrophic approximation to flows on the surface of the Earth.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments: 20%
Tests: 20%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and an average of two 1-hour support classes per week

Prerequisites

MTH2010 or MTH2015, and MTH2032, or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

Advanced studies by lectures or reading project in an area of mathematics, statistics or related discipline, or a comparable project under the supervision of a member of academic staff in the School of Mathematical Sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate and understand a relevant area of study outside of those normally presented as part of the third-level undergraduate program in mathematics and statistics;

  1. Demonstrate learning skills beyond that normally expected for a third-level unit in those disciplines;

  1. Display high-level written and oral presentation skills on their independent work.

Assessment

As determined by the Subject Assessment Panel in each case.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of School


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kate Smith-Miles

Synopsis

Advanced studies by lectures or reading project in an area of mathematics, statistics or related discipline, or a comparable project under the supervision of a member of academic staff in the School of Mathematical Sciences.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Appreciate and understand a relevant area of study outside of those normally presented as part of the third-level undergraduate program in mathematics and statistics;

  1. Demonstrate learning skills beyond that normally expected for a third-level unit in those disciplines;

  1. Display high-level written and oral presentation skills on their independent work.

Assessment

As determined by the Subject Assessment Panel in each case.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Equivalent of three 1-hour lectures per week

Prerequisites

Permission from the Head of School


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

A major project, a literature review and one lecture unit chosen from the fourth-year offerings of the department as approved by the coordinator. A list of the fourth-year units is available at enrolment.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Read, comprehend and present advanced results from the mathematical literature including specialised research monographs and articles from refereed journals;

  1. Search the mathematical literature effectively;

  1. Conduct and/or apply mathematical research while adhering to high standards of mathematical scholarship;

  1. Plan, prepare and deliver oral presentations on specialized topics;

  1. Plan and write complex documents that interpret, synthesize, and generalize mathematical knowledge;

  1. Complete work requirements in an efficient and timely manner.

Assessment

One lecture topic: 16.7%
Literature review: 16.7%
Major project: 66.6%

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jerome Droniou

Synopsis

MTH4200 is a level four unit in the Honours Program of the Bachelor of Science course. The unit comprises six approved lecture topics which students can choose from those offered in the Honours Handbook of the School of Mathematical Sciences. These provide advanced instruction in mathematical and statistical techniques, and support for students wishing to develop a career in research.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand and apply advanced mathematical techniques;

  1. Identify and formulate real world and abstract problems in mathematical language;

  1. Use a mathematical approach to problem solving over a wide range of environments;

  1. Communicate mathematical results professionally;

  1. Utilise information technology effectively to aid in problem solving and the communication of mathematical results.

Assessment

Six lecture topics (a mixture of assignments and examinations): 16.7% each

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 8-10 hours and lectures and practice classes per week for 24 weeks (two semesters).

Prerequisites

Completion of the requirements for levels one to three of the Bachelor of Science and entry into Honours

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Davis

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to the pharmacological principles underlying drug action, as well as drug absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion. Specific examples of drugs used for therapeutic and social reasons are discussed with an emphasis on the social issues associated with drug availability and use. How new drugs are discovered and the processes by which they are taken from the bench to the marketplace are discussed.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the targets of drug action and the basic mechanisms by which drugs produce their effects;

  1. Discuss the basic principles of pharmacokinetics and their relevance for drug action;

  1. Apply knowledge of drug action to discuss the risks and benefits of drug use and some of the non-pharmacological issues associated with drugs in our society;

  1. Discuss the steps involved in the discovery, development and regulation of drugs from bench to market;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to obtain, present and interpret data from pharmacological experiments;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to source, evaluate and use information from a range of sources to critically analyse media reports of a drug issue;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to work both independently and as part of a team.

Assessment

Written examination: 40%
Test: 15%
Written assignment (2000 words): 15%
Laboratory work: 15%
Student debate: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures per week and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BIO1011 and BIO1022, or BMS1021 + Recommended: PHY2011 and/or BCH2011 or BMS2031


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Wayne Hodgson

Synopsis

This unit provides a basic understanding of the principles of drug action - including the targets of drug action (receptors, enzymes, ion channels), drug receptor interactions, receptor families and signalling pathways - as well as the principles of pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion). Particular examples of neurotransmitter systems and mediator systems (including histamine, 5HT, eicosanoids and the renin angiotensin system) as targets for drug action are studied in detail.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss mechanisms by which drugs can act to produce changes in living systems;

  1. Utilise the basic principles of pharmacokinetics to explain individual differences in responses to drugs;

  1. Apply knowledge of endogenous mediator systems to predict the potential therapeutic and adverse effects of drugs;

  1. Access relevant scientific literature to design a set of experiments to address a specific hypothesis relating to a drug's mechanism of action;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to execute pharmacological experiments to obtain, present and interpret data relating to mechanisms of drug action;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to source, critically evaluate and use scientific literature to address a defined pharmacological problem;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to work individually and collaboratively.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 55%
Test (1 hour): 15%
Group written assignment (1000 words): 15%
Laboratory work: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BMS2031; or two of PHA2022, PHY2011, PHY2021 or PHY2032; or BTH2012 plus one of BMS1052, PHY2011 or PHY2032


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical overview of the use of drugs, with an emphasis on the principles underlying the safe and effective use of drugs for the maintenance of health and the treatment of disease. The importance of evidence-based drug therapy is highlighted with an introduction to statistical and epidemiological concepts. The pharmacological properties of drug classes used to treat specific respiratory, cardiovascular and gastrointestinal disorders are studied, concentrating on the rationale for their use. Pharmacological approaches to the study of existing and novel compounds will be reinforced in laboratory sessions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the major principles underlying the therapeutic use of drugs, including the relevance and assessment of evidence-based medicine;

  1. Apply knowledge of the actions of major drug classes to explain their therapeutic applications and potential adverse effects;

  1. Use knowledge of the mechanisms of drug action to predict effects in intact organisms;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to execute pharmacological experiments to obtain, analyse and interpret data and present this in a written report;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to undertake literature based research to source and critically evaluate information relevant to current topics in pharmacology and to effectively communicate ideas in oral or written forms.

Assessment

Examination (2-hours): 55%
Essay (2000 words): 15%
Laboratory work and written reports: 15%
Test (1 hour): 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

BMS2031; or two of PHA2022, PHY2011, PHY2021 or PHY2032; or BTH2012 and one of BMS1052 or PHY2011

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Richard Loiacono and Dr Bradley Broughton

Synopsis

This unit provides an integrated understanding of how drugs affect neuronal and endocrine function. Four major areas are covered: major neurotransmitters within the brain, reproductive endocrinology, metabolism and disorders of pancreatic and thyroid function, mood and pain, and, neurodegenerative disorders. The focus is on mechanisms of action, use and side effects of drugs affecting a range of neuronal and endocrine functions and includes topics such as drugs used in anaesthesia and sedation, anxiety, depression, epilepsy, schizophrenia and psychoses, Parkinson's and Alzheimer's disease, reproduction and contraception, diabetes, thyroid function and metabolism and calcium homeostasis.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Apply knowledge of central neurotransmitter and endocrine systems to predict the effects of drugs;

  1. Integrate and reconstruct knowledge underlying the cellular mechanisms of neuro- and endocrine pharmacology to predict outcomes in the whole animal;

  1. Present, analyse and interpret data from a range of experiment types and discuss this in the context of current scientific literature;

  1. Execute experiments in neuropharmacology and endocrine pharmacology to present, analyse and report the data obtained;

  1. Source, integrate and critically evaluate the scientific literature to address a defined pharmacological problem relating to neuro- or endocrine pharmacology.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 50%
Written assignment: 20%
Laboratory work and written practical reports : 20%
Test (1 hour): 10%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week

Prerequisites

PHA3011 and one of PHA3021 or BMS3021


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbara Kemp-Harper and Dr Eva Patak

Synopsis

Modern drug development will provide the student with an appreciation of the process of discovery, testing, approval and marketing of new drugs. This will include the diseases most likely to be targeted by pharmaceutical companies for drug development; the technical issues underlying drug discovery; the role of genomics in identifying novel targets; rational drug design; the importance of screens including molecular models and high throughput screening; disease models; case studies illustrating the successful development of drugs. Career opportunities in all aspects of drug development will be highlighted.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss the steps involved in the drug discovery process, including sources of drugs, how targets are identified and screening processes that can be used to test for desired activity;

  1. Discuss the steps involved in developing a commercial product from a potential drug candidate, including the relevant regulatory framework and marketing considerations;

  1. Describe the approaches to the development of new therapies for neglected and emerging diseases;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate methodologies and data from experiments in the context of the drug development process;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to obtain, present and interpret data from pharmacological experiments relevant to the area of drug development;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to source and critically evaluate the scientific literature to address an issue in the area of drug development and to communicate this orally, in written form or via a poster presentation;

  1. Demonstrate the ability to work both independently and as part of a team.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 60%
Written assignment: 16%
Practical exercises and written reports: 24%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and three hours of laboratory or self-directed learning/ tutorial per week.

Prerequisites

PHA3011 and one of PHA3021 or BMS3021


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedSunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)To be advised (Gippsland); Dr Amudha Kadirvelu (Sunway)

Synopsis

The main theme is an introduction to drug use in our society. The following topics will be covered:

  1. how drugs act at a cellular level, how they target specific body systems and how the body handles drugs (pharmacokinetics)
  2. Sources of drugs - prescription vs over the counter vs herbal remedies and information available to the public about drugs. Rationale for choice of drugs for common diseases
  3. Drug development from the laboratory to the consumer. Factors influencing the development of new drugs (e.g. economics and logistics).

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how drugs work, when and how they are used, their side-effects and toxicity;

  1. Demonstrate understanding of the risk-benefit aspects of drug use;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge of the sources of drugs and rationales for their use;

  1. Demonstrate appreciation of ethical issues encompassing drug research and clinical trials;

  1. Carry out tissue bath experiments to elicit drug effects.

Assessment

Practical work: 20%
Semester test: 10%
Presentation and essay: 20%
Exam (3 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures, one hour of tutorials and three hours of practicals per week (includes wet practicals, dry practicals and CAL-Computer Aided Learning).

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Davis and Dr Bradley Broughton

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Pharmacology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Pharmacology. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Pharmacology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Pharmacology.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of Pharmacology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of pharmacology and a distinction over 24 points at second year level.


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Students undertake a laboratory-based research project under the guidance of a supervisor. Further information is available from course convenor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Research project thesis, oral defence of thesis, and three research seminars: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4100

Assessment

Refer to PHA4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4100

Assessment

Refer to PHA4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Students undertake two exams which take the form of a critical evaluation of a scientific paper in a pharmacologically-related field.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Examinations: 40% and 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4200

Assessment

Refer to PHA4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Robert Widdop

Synopsis

Refer to PHA4200

Assessment

Refer to PHA4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kevin Pimbblet

Synopsis

This unit forms a part of mainstream physics for undergraduates who have undertaken year 12 physics at high-school (or equivalent). There are four main topics in this unit that together provide the foundations of a large part of classical and modern physics. In mechanics, Newton's laws, dynamics, energy, momentum and contemporary measurement theory (via laboratory experimentation) are reviewed. This ground-work leads to an introduction to modern thermodynamics through an understanding of the concept of work, the laws of thermodynamics, and the introduction to entropy. The waves part of the unit covers topics starting with simple harmonic motion that builds up to diffraction, superposition, wave optics and ray optics. The unit is rounded off by providing an introduction to special relativity.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit such as force, energy, work, and wave propagation;

  1. Apply their knowledge to solve problems related to these concepts;

  1. Evaluate and appraise novel situations in terms of mechanics, thermodynamics, waves and relativity;

  1. Execute experiments involving simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them;

  1. Present and communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 58%
Laboratory work: 25%
Tests/Assignments: 17%
(Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade)

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

Year 12 Physics

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH1020, MTH1030 or MTH1035

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jasmina Lazendic-Galloway

Synopsis

This unit forms part of main-stream physics and provides foundations in rotational dynamics, the gravitational field, electrostatics, magnetism and quantum physics. Together these topics underpin interactions in our universe at sub-atomic to cosmic scales. Electrostatics explores the electric field, potential and energy for various situations, and the behaviour of capacitors and dielectrics. Magnetism covers the relation between currents, magnetic fields and induced emfs, inductance, LCR resonance, and introduces Maxwell's equations and electromagnetic waves. Quantum physics includes wave particle duality for matter and light, quantisation, wave-functions and probabilities, the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, hydrogen atom, and the particle-in-a-box model.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit such as fields, electromagnetic phenomena, and quantum mechanics;

  1. Apply their knowledge to solve problems related to these concepts;

  1. Evaluate and appraise novel situations in terms of fields, electrostatics, magnetic interaction and quantum effects;

  1. Execute experiments involving simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them;

  1. Present and communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

Examinations (One x 3 hours): 58%
Laboratory work: 25%
Tests/Assignments: 17%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the laboratory work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites

PHS1011 or Year 12 Physics or PHS1080, and VCE Specialist Mathematics or MTH1020

Co-requisites

Recommended: MTH1020, MTH1030 or MTH1035


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kristian Helmerson

Synopsis

Principles of force and movement applied to skeletal structures, human movement and sport, centrifugation, oscillations, effects on living systems. Bio-electricity including nerve conduction, membrane potential, defibrillation, ECG , electrical measurements in bio-systems. Energy production and transport, pressure, diffusion and osmosis. Fluid flow and the cardiovascular system and heat flow in the body. Optical properties of biological and useful materials, refraction, reflection, polarisation, with particular reference to human vision and the microscope. X-rays and nuclear radiations: effects on living matter, diagnostic and therapeutic uses.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and apply relevant physics principles to human, biomedical and biosphere contexts;

  1. Describe and model situations involving body systems, forces and materials for support and movement, heat and energy transport, electrical behaviour, basic electrical measurements, optical systems and instruments;

  1. Develop simple physical models and apply these to problem solving;

  1. Carry out reliable measurements, analyse data, estimate uncertainties, interpret physical phenomena and present scientific information in written reports.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work: 28%
Tests/assignments 22%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week

Prohibitions

PHS1011, PHS1080, PHS1617, BMS1031, ENG1080


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Heath Jones

Synopsis

Physics principles which underlie our understanding of the environment and processes in nature are studied, with particular focus on energy, its forms, sources, and usage. Topics and applications include: Solar and infra-red radiation, satellite thermal imaging techniques, spectroscopy; energy conversion including solar cells, renewable energy sources, fuel cells; nuclear radiation, applications in pollution monitoring; nuclear energy, reactor applications, and nuclear waste; nuclear fusion; environmental impact of energy technologies; monitoring and detection of physical quantities.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the basic physics principles underlying applications in the contexts of environmental, biological, and planetary sciences;

  1. Apply and interpret the relevant principles in these contexts in relation to energy, its forms, use, conversion and efficiencies, the use of thermal (IR) imaging systems, and the methods and devices used in basic systems for measuring quantities of environmental and general scientific importance (such as light, temperature, humidity, windspeed);

  1. Demonstrate numeracy skills in describing, modelling and analysing such applications as described above, and performing appropriate calculations;

  1. Reliably carry out basic experimental measurements, analyse and interpret data and experimental uncertainties;

  1. Demonstrate communications skills in presenting and discussing scientific information in written report and poster forms.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 50%
Practical work: 28%
Tests/assignments: 22%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical class per week


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Yuri Levin

Synopsis

The unit introduces fundamental principles of physics of importance to engineering, and their applications. Topics include: Newtonian mechanics - forces, momentum, work and energy; torque and equilibrium; electricity - emf, Ohms Law, series and parallel resistors, power, capacitor and time constant; magnetism - force on currents and moving charges in magnetic fields, flux induced emf, DC motor and ideal transformer; basic wave properties, light and sound, superposition, standing waves; modern physics - photon model of light, wave model of particles, model of electrons in atom, emission and absorption of light; measurement, analysis, and written communication.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and understand concepts taught in the unit such as force, energy, work, and wave propagation;

  1. Apply their knowledge to solve problems related to these concepts;

  1. Evaluate and appraise novel situations in terms of mechanics, electric and magnetic fields, and waves;

  1. Execute experiments involving simple apparatus and analyse, interpret and evaluate the results arising from them;

  1. Present and communicate results of others and one's own experimentations in a scientific form.

Assessment

Test: 8%
Quizzes/Assignments: 7%
Practical work: 25%
Exam (3 hours): 60%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical work to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three hours of lectures, three hours of practical (compulsory) and six hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

Year 12 Physics, ENG1080, PHS1031, BMS1031, PHS1617


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lincoln Turner

Synopsis

Quantum physics is at the core of physics and this unit provides a basis for understanding key quantum concepts, applications and associated phenomena in the realm of atomic, nuclear, condensed matter physics and related technologies.

  1. Quantum Physics: the domain of quantum mechanics; particle and wave description; Schrodinger's equation, energy and momentum as operators, expectation values and stationary states; tunnelling; Heisenberg's uncertainty principle
  2. Atomic and nuclear physics: hydrogenic atoms; multi-electron atoms, binding energy and ionisation; atomic spectroscopy; vector model of the atom; x-rays; nuclear structure, radioactive decay; fission and fusion
  3. Condensed matter physics: structure of solids, x-ray diffraction, the free electron theory; energy bands, conductors, insulators and semiconductors, Fermi level, Fermi-Dirac distribution; the solar cell, light emitting diodes; photodetectors.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and apply the key concepts of quantum physics to a variety of quantum systems including particle in a box and hydrogenic systems;

  1. Explain nuclear binding energy and stability;

  1. Predict the most likely decay mode of a nuclide based upon its relative position to the ridge of stability;

  1. Describe the transition from atomic orbitals to energy bands;

  1. Explain the principle of operation and perform simple calculations for a range of contemporary quantum devices;

  1. Acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data;

  1. Write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

Examinations (One x 3 hours and One x 2 hours): 50%
Assignments: 16%
Practical work: 34%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/problem classes and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lincoln Turner

Synopsis

  1. Electrodynamics: electro- and magnetostatics; electric and magnetic fields in matter; Maxwell's equations
  2. Optics: geometric optics; polarization; birefringence; optical fibres; interferometry; diffraction
  3. Statistical Physics: introduction to statistical physics concepts; temperature; Helmholtz free energy and the partition function; application of concepts to the ideal gas.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain and apply the key concepts of electromagnetism and statistical physics to a variety of phenomena;

  1. Describe a range of optical instruments and their uses;

  1. Use modern instruments and methods to acquire, manipulate and interpret physical data;

  1. Write scientific reports at a level suitable for publication.

Assessment

Examinations (One x 3 hours and One x 2 hours): 50%
Assignments: 16%
Practical work (compulsory): 34%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lecture/problem classes and one 3-hour laboratory class per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides the foundation for a theoretical and/or experimental major in physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units, Quantum Mechanics, Statistical Physics and laboratory work. The key areas for each sub-unit are:

  1. Quantum Mechanics: QM states and the Dirac notation. Operators, measurement and observables. Schrodinger and Heisenberg representations, matrix mechanics. The Hydrogen atom and the quantum harmonic oscillator. Raising and lowering operators. Angular momentum and intrinsic spin. Bosons, fermions and exchange;
  2. Statistical Physics: Heat, temperature and entropy. Classical and quantum statistics. Counting states and probability. The Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein probability distributions. Applications to real systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of foundation Quantum Mechanics which will include the Photoelectric and Compton effects, atomic spectra, interpretation of the wave function, Superposition principle, Correspondence principle, bound and unbound states, Schrodinger correspondence rules, the time-dependent and independent Schrodinger equations, boundary conditions for the wave function, probability current density, operators and expectation values, Ehrenfest's theorem, Schrodinger's equation applied to one dimensional systems, Gaussian wavepacket scattering, Eigenfunction expansions, probability amplitudes, unitary transformations, matrix mechanics and operators, orbital angular momentum and spherical harmonics, vector model for angular momentum, raising and lowering operators for angular momentum, matrix mechanics and angular momentum, spin angular momentum, and the hydrogen atom.

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Statistical Mechanics which will include microstates and macrostates, counting and entropy, equilibrium and non-equilibrium, paramagnetism, the 2-state system, temperature and its measurement, magnetic cooling, gases and their distributions, the Maxwell-Boltzmann gas, kinetic theory and thermodynamics, the Fermi gas, metals and semiconductors, neutron stars, quantum effects at finite temperatures, massless photons and phonons, blackbody radiation, historical foundations of quantum mechanics, massive bosons, Bose-Einstein condensation (BEC) and quantum effects on a macroscopic scale, phase transitions; Ferromagnetism, and entropy and fluctuations;

  1. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics;

  1. Perform measurements and analysis on experiments that demonstrate the theoretical physics described in this and other physics units;

  1. Produce experimental reports that present results, analyse and discuss the implications and outcomes of experimental work.

Assessment

Examinations (2 x 1.5 hours): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, 1.5 hours tutorial/ workshop and 2.5 hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in experimental physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units and laboratory work. Key areas are:

  1. Condensed Matter Physics: the concept of reciprocal space, the basic theory for the behaviour of electrons and phonons in solid crystalline materials, band theory and the Schrodinger equation, phonons, the Einstein model, electronic properties of semiconductors, carrier densities and Fermi levels, superconductivity;
  2. Scattering and Spectroscopy: fundamentals of diffraction theory, diffraction from crystals and amorphous materials, scattering of neutrons, x-rays and synchrotron radiation, principles of magnetic resonance Mossbauer, IR and Raman, XPS and X-ray absorption spectroscopies and laboratory work: experimental and/or computational laboratory work on relevant topics.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Scattering Theory, which include light and matter waves, scattering of photons, neutrons and electrons, scattering potential and scattering integral, First Born approximation, the Fourier transform, Thomson scattering, scattering from atoms, molecules, crystals, amorphous materials, liquids and gases, form and structure factors, Bragg diffraction and Ewald sphere construction, crystallography, and small-angle scattering;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Spectroscopy, which include interactions of photons and particles with matter, absorption and scattering cross-sections, elastic and inelastic scattering, principles and applications of each of the following: electron spin resonance, nuclear magnetic resonance, Mossbauer spectroscopy, infrared and Raman spectroscopy, X-ray absorption spectroscopy and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Condensed Matter Physics, which include crystal structures, reciprocal lattice, quasicrystals, phonons and phonon dispersion , Einstein and Debye models of specific heat, energy bands and electron dispersion, superfluidity and superconductivity, derivation of critical temperature, two-fluid model for superfluid He-4, macroscopic wave function, vorticity, Quantization of circulation, Meissner effect, London equations, superconducting gap, Cooper pairs, Type I and Type II superconductors, flux quantization, systems with reduced dimensions, derivation of 0-D,1-D,2-D density of states, conduction in 1-D, properties of graphene and carbon nanotubes, amorphous and glassy materials, and structural characterization by scattering;

  1. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics;

  1. Perform measurements and analysis on experiments that demonstrate the theoretical physics described in this and other Physics units;

  1. Produce experimental reports that present results, analyse and discuss the implications and outcomes of experimental work.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, 1.5 hours tutorial/workshop and 2.5 hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in experimental physics. It consists of laboratory work and three 8-lecture sub-units:

  1. Photonics: lasers and coherent light, modulation devices, optical waveguides, interference and holography, fibre optic communications, transmission and coupling to hardware and software devices, applications;
  2. Synchrotron physics: radiation from moving charges and charge distributions, generating a synchrotron beam and enhancing its emission characteristics, experimental areas and beams, detectors and analyser, image formation, and
  3. Optics: wave propagation and image formation, plane waves, diffraction, angular spectrum, phase contrast, interferometry, holography, focussed fields and the singularity hierarchy.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Synchrotron Physics, which include relativistic Doppler Effect, emission and observation of synchrotron radiation, accelerator types and radiation spectral characteristics, insertion devices, optical properties of undulator and wiggler radiation, outline of a synchrotron radiation facility, time structure of the electron beam, main component of a beamline, X-ray interaction with matter, X-ray optics and detectors, applications of Synchrotron radiation including spectroscopy, scattering and crystallography, imaging, and introduction to X-ray free electron lasers;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Modern Optics, which include vacuum wave equations for electromagnetic field, D'Alembert wave equation, Helmholtz equation, transition to scalar theory, interpretation of wave function, intensity, phase, surfaces of constant phase, wavefronts, plane waves in 1, 2 and 3 dimensions, rlements of Fourier analysis, Fourier integrals, Fourier harmonics, Fourier transforms, Fourier theorems, convolution, angular spectrum formulation of wave diffraction, Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction, interferometry, differential interference contrast, Fourier holography, focused fields, and the singularity hierarchy;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Photonics, which include optical communication, integrated photonics, plane wave approximation, reflection from a boundary, total internal reflections, waveguide modes, non-linear optics, resonant absorption, harmonic generation, non-linear refractive index, semiconductor physics, energy bands, P-N junction, LED, semiconductor laser, quantum well laser, light detectors, optical amplification, optical switching, electro-optic effect, and photonics applications;

  1. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics;

  1. Perform measurements and analysis on experiments that demonstrate the theoretical physics described in this and other Physics units;

  1. Produce experimental reports that present results, analyse and discuss the implications and outcomes of experimental work.

Assessment

Examinations (3 x 1 hour): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, one x 1.5 hour tutorial/workshop and 2.5 hours of laboratory work per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in experimental physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units and laboratory work. Key areas are:

  1. Nuclear Physics: nuclear systematics, nuclear forces, potentials and energy spectra, shell model concepts, with the aim of understanding the formation of low-lying excited states, nuclear decay modes, nucleon emission, beta decay and EM transitions;
  2. Elementary Particles: experimental methods used in contemporary particle physics and the fundamental properties that classify leptons, hadrons and quarks, the role of conservation laws and symmetry in the production of and interactions between elementary particles, quantum chromo-dynamics, strong and weak interactions, the cosmological implications.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Nuclear Physics, which include short range nature and charge independence of the nuclear force, nuclear force properties in terms of meson theory, nuclear shell structure and the magic numbers, spin-orbit term, pairing force, addition of nucleon angular momenta within each shell, Gamma decay: matrix elements with respect to parities and angular momenta of nuclear states, selection rules, internal conversion, and Beta decay: Fermi's theory, Kurie plot, allowed, super allowed, first forbidden, second forbidden transitions, Fermi and Gamow-Teller transitions, Fermi Coulomb penetration factor, non-conservation of parity;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Fundamental Particle Physics, which include relativistic wave equations, Feynman diagrams, pair production and annihilation, particle exchange, Yukawa potential, scattering amplitude, natural units, leptons, quarks, hadrons, neutrinos, further lepton generations, lepton decays and universality, interacting particles, experimental methods of particle physics: accelerators and detectors, space-time symmetries and their conservation laws, the isospin formalism, resonances, quark diagrams, quark states and colour, quantum chromodynamics, the strong coupling constant, screening, and the weak interaction: W and Z bosons, charged-current reactions, quark mixing, electroweak unification, gauge invariance, Higgs boson;

  1. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics;

  1. Perform measurements and analysis on experiments that demonstrate the theoretical physics described in this and other Physics units;

  1. Produce experimental reports that present results, analyse and discuss the implications and outcomes of experimental work.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 48%
Laboratory work: 34%
Assignments: 18%
Students must achieve a pass mark in the practical component to achieve an overall pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, 1.5 hours tutorial and 2.5 hours laboratory work per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units in theoretical physics and contributes to a physics major. Mastery of these topics underpins much of theoretical physics; this unit will provide students with a better basis for carrying out study and research in theoretical physics. It consists of three 12-lecture sub-units. The three sub-units cover the following areas:

  1. Relativistic Dynamics: tensors in pseudo-Euclidean spaces, Lorentz transforms, world lines, energy-momentum 4-vectors, action and variational methods, Lagrangians and Hamiltonians, metrics and Riemann spaces, consequences of Einstein's assumptions;
  2. Electrodynamics: electromagnetic waves in a vacuum and in media, energy and momentum conservation, transmission lines and waveguides, radiation from accelerating charges, antennae, synchrotron radiation, and
  3. Classical Dynamics and Lagrangian Interaction: Hamilton's principle, dynamics of classical point particles and fields, Noether's theorem and symmetries, field theory, internal symmetry and the guage principle, Lagrangian interactions and quantised fields, Feynman diagrams, the quantum vacuum and the holographic principle.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Electrodynamics, which includeTime dependent Maxwell's equations, Energy-momentum conservation and the Poynting vector, The Maxwell stress tensor, Electromagnetic waves in vacuum and matter: polarization, reflection and transmission, Guided waves, and Resonant cavities;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Special Relativity, which include The ultimate speed, Einstein's box and the inertia of energy, Energy, momentum and mass, The nature of light, The Michelson-Morley experiment, Inertial reference frames, Einstein's two axioms for special relativity, Events, The Lorentz transformations and properties, Relativity of simultaneity, Newtonian limit and the Galilean transformations, Difference and differential versions of the Lorentz transformations, Lorentz invariance of squared interval, Relativistic speed limit and causality, Group properties of the Lorentz transformations, World pictures and world maps, Length contraction, Time Dilation, Twin 'Paradox', Velocity Transformation, The drag effect, The relativistic Doppler effect, Hubble's Law and Quasars, Aberration and visual appearance of moving objects, Spacetime and four-tensors, World-lines and light cones, Manipulation of four-tensors, Four-velocity and four-acceleration, Introduction to relativistic particle mechanics, Conservation of four-momentum, Relativistic billiards, The centre-of-momentum frame, Threshold energies, Three-force and four-force, Scalar and vector potentials for classical electromagnetic fields, Lorentz covariance of classical electrodynamics, Lorentz transformation of electromagnetic fields, and The Euler-Lagrange field equations;

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Classical Dynamics, which include Newton's laws of motion, The principle of least action, Changing coordinate systems, Constraints and generalised coordinates, Noether's theorem and symmetries, The dynamics of classical fields, Space-time and internal symmetries, The gauge principle, Quantization of fields, and The vacuum;

  1. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics.

Assessment

Examinations (3 x 1.5 hours): 70%
Assignments: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 3 hours lectures and one 1-hour tutorial per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Alexis Bishop

Synopsis

This unit provides part of a major in theoretical physics. It consists of two 12-lecture sub-units, Advanced Quantum Mechanics and Computational Physics and a 12-hour seminar sub-unit. The key areas of study are:

  1. Advanced Quantum Mechanics: spin angular momentum, perturbation theory, scattering theory and the quantum theory of radiation;
  2. Computational Physics: discrete arrays to model the space and time evolution of functions or physical systems; a hands-on approach is used throughout to develop confidence and competency in using a computer to solve physical problems; includes a computer based assignment and short computational physics project; and
  3. Theoretical Seminar: seminar participation in theoretical problems, projects and presentations.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recall fundamental concepts from the sub-unit of Advanced Quantum Mechanics, which include Approximate Methods in Quantum Mechanics I: stationary (time-independent) perturbation theory, first and second order perturbation of a non-degenerate state, Higher order perturbation theory, Perturbation of a degenerate state and applications in atomic and nuclear physics, Time-dependent perturbation theory, Fermi's golden rule, The Ritz variational method, Semi-classical (WKB) approximation, Scattering Theory, Stationary scattering states, The Born approximation, Partial wave expansions, Phase shifts, Scattering of identical particles, The optical theorem, Introduction to Green function techniques, Charged Particles in an Electromagnetic Field, Gauge potentials and the electromagnetic field, Hamiltonian of a particle in an electromagnetic field, The Quantum Theory of Radiation and the interaction of radiation with atomic systems, Transition rates , Multipole transitions. Quantum electrodynamics, Geometric phases in quantum mechanics, Berry's phase, The Aharonov-Bohm effect, Path Integrals, and Free space propagator;

  1. Use a high level computer language such as Matlab to solve computation problems, and model systems, applicable to theoretical physics which include Numerical differentiation and integration, Finding roots, Special functions, Change of basis, Reduction to dimensionless forms, Discretization of quantum mechanical operators, Stationary and time-dependent Schrodinger equation, 1D scattering, Quantum harmonic oscillator, Eigenvalue problems, Bose-Einstein condensation and the Gross-Pitaevskii equation, Quantized vortices, Stochastic methods, Pseudo-random numbers, Monte Carlo method, Metropolis algorithm, 2D Ising model, Signal and Image Processing using the DFT and FFT, Convolution theorem, Filtering in 1D and 2D, Non-linear filtering and mathematical morphology, and Radon transform and tomography;

  1. Solve new problems in physics related to the core concepts of the unit by drawing on the theoretical underpinnings that illustrate the physics;

  1. Research topics in contemporary physics, and present critically assessed summaries as scientific reports and visual presentations;

  1. Apply educated reasoning to provide approximate solutions to scientific questions and advanced problems (Fermi questions).

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 25%
Assignments & project: 41%
Seminar contributions: 34%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

An average of 2 hours lectures, one 1-hour tutorial and one 1-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kristian Helmerson

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to undertake a small research project in physics. Students will develop the skills of planning, record-keeping, literature search, analysis and communication necessary for a successful project. Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project, including astrophysics and astronomy, medical imaging, x-ray physics, synchrotron-based studies, quantum mechanics, resonance spectroscopies, magnetism, physics education and polymers.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Plan aspects of a project and manage related timelines;

  1. Communicate effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff;

  1. Access and review scientific literature;

  1. Maintain a clear record of work done;

  1. Analyse and interpret results in terms of related physics theory;

  1. Write appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final;

  1. Communicate by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%
Written progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%
Final report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

72 hours laboratory work per semester, or equivalent

Prerequisites

12 points of level two physics at a distinction average. Students must have reached level three of their degree. Enrolment requires the School's approval.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester B 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Kristian Helmerson

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to undertake a small research project in physics. Students will develop the skills of planning, record-keeping, literature search, analysis and communication necessary for a successful project. Students will work with an academic supervisor on an experimental or theoretical project, including astrophysics and astronomy, medical imaging, x-ray physics, synchrotron-based studies, quantum mechanics, resonance spectroscopies, magnetism, physics education and polymers.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Plan aspects of a project and manage related timelines;

  1. Communicate effectively with a project supervisor, colleagues and technical staff;

  1. Access and review scientific literature;

  1. Maintain a clear record of work done;

  1. Analyse and interpret results in terms of related physics theory;

  1. Write appropriate scientific reports, both interim and final;

  1. Communicate by oral presentation.

Assessment

Project work - logbook, competence, planning and initiative: 40%
Written progress reports: 10%
Oral presentation: 10%
Final report: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

72 hours laboratory work per semester, or equivalent

Prerequisites

12 points of level two physics at a distinction average. Students must have reached level three of their degree. Enrolment requires School's approval.


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael J Morgan

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a project literature survey and a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of physics research;

  1. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, thence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;

  1. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;

  1. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;

  1. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Project literature survey: 10%
Project/thesis, seminar and oral examination: 90%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael J Morgan

Synopsis

Students are required to complete a project literature survey and a research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of physics research;

  1. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, thence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;

  1. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;

  1. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;

  1. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Project literature survey: 20%
Project/thesis/seminar: 80%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael J Morgan

Synopsis

Students are required to finalise their research project involving original work on a topic chosen in consultation with their academic supervisor.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of the research literature which underpins the chosen area of physics research;

  1. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge gained in their study of the underpinning research literature, thence identifying a niche topic or topics within this existing body of literature, which represents a gap in knowledge suitable for original research;

  1. Solve a complex and outstanding problem or problems in the chosen area for original research;

  1. Present the results of their original research in both written form as a thesis, and present their key thesis results in oral form as a final seminar;

  1. Defend the results of their original research in an oral exam.

Assessment

Project thesis: 90%
seminar: 10%

Chief examiner(s)


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael J Morgan

Synopsis

A choice of lecture topics chosen in consultation with the student's academic supervisor from offerings within the School of Physics. 'Quantum Mechanics' is compulsory; other topics may be chosen from outside the School.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of honours-level advanced physics covered in the chosen advanced coursework sub-units, which include but are not limited to Quantum Mechanics, Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Quantum Field Theory, General Relativity, Electrodynamics, Imaging and Reconstruction, Research Topics in Astrophysics and Coherent X-Ray Optics;

  1. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge gained in the honours-level advanced coursework;

  1. Comprehend and interpret introductory textbooks written in the context of the topics covered in the advanced coursework;

  1. Solve complex problems in the covered topics of the chosen advanced coursework.

Assessment

Examinations, oral presentations and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael J Morgan

Synopsis

A choice of three lecture topics in advanced physics, chosen in consultation with the year level co-ordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of honours-level advanced physics covered in the chosen advanced coursework sub-units, which include but are not limited to Quantum Mechanics, Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Quantum Field Theory, General Relativity, Electrodynamics, Imaging and Reconstruction, Research Topics in Astrophysics and Coherent X-Ray Optics;

  1. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge gained in the honours-level advanced coursework;

  1. Comprehend and interpret introductory textbooks written in the context of the topics covered in the advanced coursework;

  1. Solve complex problems in the covered topics of the chosen advanced coursework.

Assessment

Examinations, oral presentations and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Physics
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Michael J Morgan

Synopsis

A choice of three lecture topics in advanced physics, chosen in consultation with the year level co-ordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, use and explain the basic concepts and principles of honours-level advanced physics covered in the chosen advanced coursework sub-units, which include but are not limited to Quantum Mechanics, Advanced Quantum Mechanics, Quantum Field Theory, General Relativity, Electrodynamics, Imaging and Reconstruction, Research Topics in Astrophysics and Coherent X-Ray Optics;

  1. Synthesize and interpret their knowledge gained in the honours-level advanced coursework;

  1. Comprehend and interpret introductory textbooks written in the context of the topics covered in the advanced coursework;

  1. Solve complex problems in the covered topics of the chosen advanced coursework.

Assessment

Examinations, oral presentations and assignments: 100%

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Ramesh Rajan

Synopsis

This unit examines, in four themes, the nervous, sensory, brain and muscle systems, which act as the body's detection, communication, analysis, and action systems. Theme 1 (The world within) explains nerves and intercell communication. Theme 2 (Registering the world) shows how the systems of touch, pain, hearing, vision, taste and smell detect stimuli. Theme 3 (Analysing the world) shows how the brain analyses information. Theme 4 (Action responses) details how the body responds through movement via muscles and limbs. Normal physiology and common dysfunctions of the systems are studied, to allow for a greater understanding of the normal physiology, and an appreciation of dysfunctions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the structures of and explain the functions of the detection, communication, analysis and action systems in the body: viz., the nervous system, sensory systems and skeletal muscle;

  1. Describe how nerve cells function electrically, and signal information to other cells and organs;

  1. Explain how some of the major sensory systems transmit information about the world to the brain for analysis and interpretation;

  1. Describe how the skeletal muscles function to allow the body to respond overtly to the world as the action system of the body;

  1. Develop organisational, communication and management skills;

  1. Demonstrate physiology laboratory skills, including calculations of osmolarity and tonicity, measurements of hearing sensitivity with an audiometer, and the tabulation and graphing of numerical data;

  1. Recognise that there is variability in biological systems through the observations of physiology experiments and the completion of practical laboratory exercises.

Assessment

In semester multiple-choice tests: 30%
In semester problem quizzes: 5%
In semester practical class quizzes: 35%
End of semester theory written examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour hour practical class or progress review period per week

Prohibitions

PHY2051 and BMS1052


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans (Clayton); Dr Ng Khuen Yen (Sunway)

Synopsis

The overall theme of this unit is how the body maintains a normal internal environment ('homeostasis') for optimal body function. It examines the roles of three major body systems that are vital for homeostasis: the respiratory system and gas exchange, the cardiovascular system and delivery of blood and nutrients, the kidneys and maintaining body fluid composition. Attention is focused on each system at rest and in a variety of active states, and on control mechanisms in each system. In addition to the core physiology, common dysfunctions of these systems are also studied, to allow for a greater understanding and appreciation of both the normal physiology and dysfunction of these systems.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure and function of the autonomic, cardiovascular, respiratory and renal systems of the body;

  1. Explain how these body systems integrate to maintain homeostasis and to respond to exercise and blood loss;

  1. Evaluate why altered structure and/or function of these body systems may lead to disease;

  1. Perform physiology laboratory techniques, including calculations of drug concentrations, the use of stimulating electrodes and physiological data acquisitions systems and the tabulation and graphing of experimental data;

  1. Communicate experimental physiology data in the form of written practical reports.

Assessment

In semester multiple-choice tests: 25%
On line learning tasks: 5%
Fortnightly practical worksheet assessment: 20%
Practical written examination (2 hours): 20%
Theory written examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour hour practical class or progress review period per week

Prohibitions

PHY2062, PHY2022, BMS2031, BND2011, BIO2717


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rick Lang (Clayton); Dr Ng Khuen Yen (Sunway)

Synopsis

The overall theme is how human body systems act together (integratively) in complex body functions. Study is of four major functions: Endocrine control, Reproduction, Exercise, and Digestion and Nutrition. The first study area is the physiology of hormones and how they co-ordinate and integrate the body in health and disease. The second area is the physiology of reproduction in males and females. The third area details how many body systems (cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, muscular, nervous) function together for performance during exercise. The final study area is the physiology of digestion, extending on to nutrition and human health.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structure and function of the digestive, endocrine and reproductive systems of the body;

  1. Explain how these body systems integrate with exercise, nutrition, growth and development;

  1. Use specific examples of adaptations or dysfunction of these body systems to explain their normal functions;

  1. Undertake group work to complete a project, including experimental procedures in laboratory classes and oral and written scientific communications;

  1. Apply physiology methodology and laboratory techniques, including hormone assays, cardiovascular recordings, data analysis and graphing;

  1. Communicate scientific information via written reports on practicals.

Assessment

In semester multiple-choice tests: 30%
Practical reports and worksheets assessment: 20% (incl 5% peer assessment)
Oral project report: 10% (5% peer assessment)
End semester multiple-choice test: 10%
Theory written examination (3 hours): 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour hour practical class or progress review period per week

Prohibitions

PHY2022, PHY2062, BMS2031, BND2011, BIO2726


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Helena Parkington

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in the role of the nervous system in maintaining internal harmony in the body, and in coordinating appropriate responses to alterations in the external conditions which would otherwise disturb the body's homeostasis. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new methodologies. Emphasis is placed on the cerebral cortex and its functions on memory, cognition and consciousness, as well as the mechanisms of brain development across life. Emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Explain the physiological processes of synaptic plasticity and neurodegeneration;

  1. Describe how an organism senses and deals with stress, pain, ageing and sleep;

  1. Critically evaluate scientific information and communicate this in an oral or written format;

  1. Present scientific information in the format of a research grant application or a visual presentation.

Assessment

In-semester assessment (will consist of oral presentations 20% and a test 20%): 40%
Written theory examination (2 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical/discussion class per week

Prerequisites

PHY2011 and PHY2021 or PHY2032, or both BMS1052 and BMS2031 or BND2011 or BNS2022 or PHY2032, or permission


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rob Bischof

Synopsis

Commences with a detailed study of muscle activity (muscle energy supply and consumption, metabolism, and muscle fatigue) and extends to the study of various aspects of human exercise performance, including cardio-respiratory responses to physical activity, and the responses of endocrine and renal systems. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and discusses new methodologies. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the energy pathways that power skeletal muscle activity, and how exercise training leads to adaptations in skeletal muscle structure and function;

  1. Outline how the cardiovascular, renal, respiratory and immune systems respond to exercise;

  1. Describe the roles of exercise in human growth, development and ageing;

  1. Critically evaluate the link between human health and levels of physical activity;

  1. Use standard physiological testing procedures to evaluate human subjects for exercise capacity and performance;

  1. Work effectively in a team to design and carry out an exercise research project and to communicate this as a written scientific report and a poster presentation;

  1. Critically evaluate the scientific literature and write a literature review on an exercise-related topic.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of worksheets, oral presentations and 2000 word reports on projects or assignments and a practical test: 45%
Written theory examination (2 hours): 55%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032, or both BMS1052 and BMS2031 or BND2011, or permission

Prohibitions

PHY3022, PHY3042


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Brian Oldfield

Synopsis

The unit will build on knowledge of body systems acquired in year 2 and will commence with an exposition of the major nutrient groups, their digestion, absorption, intracellular processing, metabolism and storage. This will lead on to a consideration of the ways in which stored nutrients are retrieved and of nutrient and energy fluxes within the body. The sensing of food intake and nutrient stores will be described for each class of nutrients at the peripheral and central levels and the physiological regulation of appetite will be addressed. Common and important disorders including obesity, metabolic diseases and diabetes will be studied. Aspects which include measurement of body mass and body composition, determination of food preferences, mechanisms of dysregulation of body mass, and interactions of disordered metabolism with the endocrine, cardiovascular and reproductive systems will be studied. The role of public information and therapeutic interventions including a consideration of alternative therapies from the perspective of evidence-based practice will also be covered.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the chemical, energetic and physiological attributes of the major nutrient groups and use this knowledge to explain whole body energy balance and nutrient stores;

  1. Explain how peripheral and central mechanisms sense food intake and match this to body mass and energy stores;

  1. Evaluate theories for eating and body mass disorders (and their treatment);

  1. Critically evaluate the scientific literature and write scientific reports and essays;

  1. Demonstrate scientific laboratory skills, including dissection, data analysis and graphing.

Assessment

In-semester quizzes: 20%
Laboratory Reports: 20%
Assignments: 20%
Final examination: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures and four hours of laboratory classes per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or both BND1101 and BND2103


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Marcello Rosa

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in brain function in sensation and movement in humans. The emphasis will be on the way the brain functions normally to analyse sensory information and to evoke movement, and how brain damage leads to clinical dysfunction of sensation or movement. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new methodologies. Emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe how sensory information is signalled by neurons from peripheral receptor organs to the brain areas processing sensory input;

  1. Give examples of the strategies used by the brain to process different types of sensory stimuli;

  1. Explain how the control of actions and perceptions is changed according to the context in which sensory information is presented;

  1. Evaluate how damage to the nervous system might alter sensory functions and the associated behaviours;

  1. Describe how neuroscience imaging techniques (e.g. electrophysiological recordings) help scientists to understand the structure and function of the central nervous system;

  1. Critically evaluate the scientific literature and write a scientific report.

Assessment

In-semester assessment: 50% (practical class reports and an in-semester test)
End of semester written theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week.

Prerequisites

PHY2011 plus one of PHY2021 or PHY2032; or BMS1052 plus one of BMS2031, BND2011, BNS1072 or PHY2032; or permission from the unit co-ordinator

Prohibitions

PHY3062


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Kate Denton

Synopsis

This unit explores the frontiers of our understanding of cardiovascular physiology in health and disease. The roles of the nervous system, hormonal and metabolic factors and of the kidney are examined, with an emphasis on regulatory mechanisms in blood pressure control and hypertension. Current cutting-edge research underpins all aspects of the course and the emphasis is on assisted self directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the major cardiovascular diseases, including how they impact on the individual and society;

  1. Use specific example of cardiovascular physiology to explain how different body systems work together;

  1. Critically evaluate the cardiovascular research literature;

  1. Design and analyse a cardiovascular physiology experiment, using statistical analysis to help with the interpretation of the data;

  1. Present scientific data in oral and written formats.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of oral presentations and 2000 word reports on projects or assignments and a mid-semester assessment: 50%
End of semester written theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or permission

Prohibitions

PHY3032


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renea Taylor

Synopsis

Explores cutting-edge research in the detailed study of reproduction including hormonal control, ovarian and menstrual cycles, fertilization and reproductive diseases. The course considers how various physiological states such as body weight, stress and aging influence reproduction. Details current research ideas on normal function and dysfunction in this area, and new technologies. Emphasis is on assisted self-directed learning and project based learning.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Describe the structures and functions of the endocrine system in the body;

  1. Explain the hormonal and neuronal control of male and female reproductive function;

  1. Explain the consequences of abnormal reproductive physiology and the associated diseases or pathologies;

  1. Communicate scientific information via a poster presentation or a written report;

  1. Critically evaluate the scientific literature and orally present current reproductive physiology research;

  1. Demonstrate physiology laboratory skills, including dissection, histology, data analysis and graphing;

  1. Work in groups to complete experimental projects and written scientific documents.

Assessment

In-semester assessment will consist of oral presentations and/or 2000 word reports on projects and/or assignments/posters: 50%
Written theory examination (2 hours): 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour practical per week

Prerequisites

Any two of PHY2011, PHY2021 and PHY2032; or both BMS1052 and BMS2031; or BND2011; or permission

Prohibitions

PHY3052


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Siew Chai

Synopsis

This unit provides the opportunity for high achieving students to work with an academic supervisor and complete a research project in Physiology. The research project may be chosen from a list of projects available at the beginning of semester from the Department of Physiology. The unit convenor and supervisor must approve the project topic at the time of enrolment. Student will work in a research laboratory to obtain data, will complete a written preliminary and final report and will give a series of oral presentations on their work.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Undertake a research project with regard to ethical and safety regulations;

  1. Demonstrate technical skills in experimental methods and the ability to collect, analyse and interpret data using methods relevant to the discipline of Physiology;

  1. Communicate appropriately and effectively with supervisors, laboratory staff and students;

  1. Maintain accurate and up-to-date records of experimental procedures, results and outcomes;

  1. Identify relevant published scientific literature and critically analyse and evaluate the content in the context of the discipline of Physiology.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary 15 minutes, 10%, and final 15 minutes, 10%): 20%
Two written reports (preliminary 1,500 words, 10% and final 8,000 words, 50%): 60%
Assessment of laboratory work: 20%.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the unit convenor or the Head of Physiology. Students must have completed all first and second level units in their approved major, and be able to demonstrate that they have an appropriate project and supervisor/s. 12 points of study in the discipline area at 2nd year level and a distinction over 24 points at second year level.


36 points, SCA Band 2, 0.750 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Monash Medical Centre Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans, Dr Marianne Tare and Dr Siew Yeen Chai

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of physiology. In this unit, training is in the context of a scientific project, with an aim to also develop broad generic skills. Students undertake a supervised research project forming the basis of a thesis presented at the end of the year and involving research of a publishable standard. They also present seminars on their research, and are trained in advanced scientific techniques.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review the scientific literature that underpins the area of the research project;

  1. Undertake a supervised research project and contribute to project design and management;

  1. Apply appropriate laboratory techniques, research methodologies and data analysis methods to collect, interpret and report research findings;

  1. Effectively present research and findings orally showing a firm grasp of the area;

  1. Analyse research undertaken in the context of the discipline area and report findings in an extended written report.

Assessment

Research thesis: 85%
Two seminars: 15%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans, Dr Marianne Tare and Dr Siew Yeen Chai

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4100

Assessment

Refer to PHY4100

Chief examiner(s)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans, Dr Marianne Tare and Dr Siew Yeen Chai

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4100

Assessment

Refer to PHY4100

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans, Dr Marianne Tare and Dr Siew Yeen Chai

Synopsis

The Honours year aims to develop analytic abilities, research skills, and communication skills, as well as provide students with advanced knowledge in specific areas of physiology. In this unit, students will gain experience in critical reading of scientific literature, scientific communication skills, and the use of statistical tools for analysis. Further, core and optional lectures/tutorials on advanced aspects of physiology and other training areas provide a means to broaden their knowledge and skills.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Critically review scientific literature in the discipline area of research;

  1. Apply knowledge of current methodologies and concepts to appraise scientific literature in the discipline area;

  1. Apply analytical and data analysis techniques relevant to the discipline area of research;

  1. Effectively communicate concepts in the discipline area of research both in writing and orally.

Assessment

Advanced training in Physiological Research: 30%
Statistics assignment: 20%
Review of literature in selected area (4000 words): 20%
Critique of unseen scientific paper: 30%

Chief examiner(s)

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans, Dr Marianne Tare and Dr Siew Yeen Chai

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4200

Assessment

Refer to PHY4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester to First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roger Evans, Dr Marianne Tare and Dr Siew Yeen Chai

Synopsis

Refer to PHY4200

Assessment

Refer to PHY4200

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway October intake 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Dianne Atkinson (Clayton); Mrs Jo-Ann Larkins (Gippsland); Dr. Emily Goh Joo Kheng (Sunway)

Synopsis

Scientific method. The role of mathematical models in science. Principles of experimental and sampling design, data acquisition, analysis and presentation of data. Hypothesis testing and confidence intervals. Relationship between quantitative variables. Communication of scientific information.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the key steps of the scientific method and apply these to real problems that involve data analysis and interpretation;

  1. Understand the importance of statistical techniques in the analysis of data;

  1. Describe how statistical data is collected and analysed;

  1. Use Excel to present and interpret data in numerical summaries and/or graphs;

  1. Use appropriate statistical summaries to explore data;

  1. Perform regression and interpret results;

  1. Determine confidence intervals;

  1. Conduct hypothesis testing and interpret results;

  1. Communicate findings through a scientific report.

Assessment

Written examination: 60%
Assignments: 40%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

3 hours lectures per week, 2 hours workshop per week

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roslyn Gleadow (Clayton and Gippsland off campus); Mrs Jo-Ann Larkins (Gippsland on campus); Dr. Song Beng Kah (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit analyses how science is carried out in practice, and how scientific findings are applied and communicated to other scientists and society in general. It includes development of an appreciation of how scientific knowledge is generated, the differences between good science, poor science and pseudoscience, and the importance of ethics and occupational health and safety in scientific endeavours. Effective skills for communicating science through written, oral and visual means will be promoted. Case studies will be used to explore examples of current controversial issues that have a scientific basis or that can be potentially explained and rationalised by pursuing good science practice.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should have further developed an understanding of what science is and how it is practised and applied; have further developed the generic skills necessary to acquire, critically analyse and communicate complex scientific ideas and information; appreciate the ways in which scientists interact with each other, policy makers, managers and the wider community and the importance of science communication; have further developed their appreciation of ethical issues in science and its application.

Assessment

Workshop participation and activities: 10%
Spoken presentation(s): 10%
Written assignment(s): 10%
Literature review: 20%
Examination: 50%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Two hours of lectures per week and two hours of workshops per week

Prerequisites

Two semesters of first year university

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Roslyn Gleadow

Synopsis

This unit prepares students for scientific research by providing practical and theoretical training in planning, undertaking and documenting scientific research projects. It also covers an appreciation of the 'scientific method', key issues in the scientific workplace, including safety, ethics and intellectual property, and it develops teamwork and communication skills. Students are exposed to recent advances in current and emerging research areas through seminars and journal club presentations. The unit is only available to Bachelor of Science Advanced (with Honours) and Bachelor of Science (Science Scholar Program) students, and to students in the Dean's List, or by invitation of the Faculty of Science.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. outline how scientific research is conducted, funded and communicated, including discussion of ethical considerations
  2. understand the importance of the scientific method in research and be aware of key historical steps in its origin
  3. conceptualise a research question on an open scientific topic and address that question by accessing and analysing information sourced from primary scientific literature
  4. discuss the purposes of, and methods behind, effective science communication and identify how approaches can be adapted for different audiences, including peers, granting agencies, policy makers, managers and the wider community
  5. present scientific information in a variety of formats, including spoken and poster presentations.

Assessment

Examination (2 hours): 30%
Project: 50%
Workshop tasks: 20%
The project consists of several parts including a project proposal, a scientific literature review, conference presentations and a media release. Workshop tasks include a presentation on a recent scientific paper (journal club), a written peer review report, group work and participation. Students must pass the project component to pass the unit overall.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture per week and one 2-hour tutorial per week

Prohibitions

SCI2010.
Please note that the Semester One offering will be run within the SCI2010 framework and enrolment is by permission from the unit co-ordinator.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Barbie Panther (Gippsland); Professor Chow Sek Chuen (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce intending scientists to the principles of laboratory and workplace management and their obligations as experts and supervisors. It will cover legislation and the responsibilities of both employers and employees in issues such as occupational health and safety; handling of dangerous goods and the analysis, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials. Emphasis will be placed on the assessment and management of these issues in a laboratory and workplace environment. The subject will be taught by programmed learning material and practical work consisting of assessment and discussion of case studies and workplace excursions.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Discuss selected issues in managing a scientific laboratory;

  1. Describe their obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and related legislation;

  1. Recognise hazards associated with chemical and biological materials, instruments and ionising radiation and the risks they impose;

  1. Undertake a risk assessment and recommend safe working procedures;

  1. Outline their legislated obligations in recycling and disposal of hazardous materials;

  1. Apply the principles of chemistry, biology, microbiology and physical science to the treatment of hazardous materials;

  1. Discuss the effects of waste materials on the environment;

  1. Recommend procedures for the analysis and treatment of hazardous wastes before disposal to the environment.

Assessment

A major risk assessment assignment (3000 words): 35%
Practical reports throughout the semester: 20%
Examination (3 hours): 45%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

2-hour tutorial/discussion session and 2-hour practical class/field trip per week

Prerequisites

Six points of level one chemistry plus six points of level two laboratory science


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jenny Mosse

Synopsis

Each student enrolled in SCI3790 will undertake an individual science communication task, under supervision, in a discipline related to a major area of study, further developing the themes introduced in SCI2010. Project topics must be approved at the time of enrolment by both the unit coordinator and the project supervisor. Requirements within the project include submission of a detailed project plan, seminar presentation and participation, and delivery of the final communication task, which could take the form of a comprehensive literature review, a scientific evaluation and report, a series of lessons for school students, a community information session, writing information booklets, etc. Students are required to maintain regular contact with their supervisor(s) and the unit coordinator. Attendance at relevant workshops may be specified.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Review scientific literature, with particular reference to the identification of key information;

  1. Practice careful and discriminating information retrieval;

  1. Communicate effectively, to diverse audiences, in both written and oral formats;

  1. Plan and undertake an assigned task;

  1. Meet deadlines;

  1. Operate with a significant degree of independence, whilst maintaining efficient and meaningful dialogue with a project supervisor;

  1. Act as a constructive member of a seminar audience;

  1. Interact with others as part of a team in a work environment.

Assessment

Two oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes: progress, 10 minutes): 10% each
Project proposal and clear exposition of underpinning science concepts, 2500 words: 20%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%
Delivery of the final communication task: 35%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

12 hours per week. The majority of this time will be spent working on the agreed task. Participation in organised workshops and seminars, and regular contact with supervisor will require 1-2 hours per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Nil. Oral presentations may be conducted on campus or using a web conference.

Prerequisites

Students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a credit average including SCI2010 and a minimum of 12 points in the discipline relevant to the project. The project and supervisor must be approved by the unit coordinator prior to enrolment.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Monash Passport categoryResearch Challenge (Investigate Program)
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Summer semester A 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Summer semester A 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jenny Mosse (Gippsland/Distance); Dr Adeline Ting Su Yien (Sunway)

Synopsis

An individual research project in a discipline relating to a major area of study, conducted under supervision. Includes critical literature review, experimental design and data analysis, seminar attendance. Student must maintain regular contact with supervisor(s) and subject coordinator.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: Review scientific literature, with particular reference to the identification of key information; access information databases in an efficient manner; practice careful and discriminating information retrieval; present concise oral reports, with strong emphasis on the provision of good quality audio-visual material; construct clear written reports, both brief and extensive; plan and undertake a minor research or investigative project, and adjust the project progressively as events and results dictate; meet deadlines; conduct appropriate statistical analysis of results, if appropriate perform the routine measurements and manipulations of a minor scientific project; operate with a significant degree of independence, whilst maintaining efficient and meaningful dialogue with a project supervisor; act as a constructive member of a seminar audience; interact with others as part of a team in a work environment.

Assessment

Three oral reports (preliminary, 10 minutes; progress, 10 minutes; final poster session): 20%
Written reports (preliminary, 1500 words, 10%; final, 8000 words, 45%): 55%
Supervisor's assessment of project planning, conduct and development: 25%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Approximately 12 hours per week

Prerequisites

Permission of the Head of School plus students must have approval of project and supervisor prior to enrolment. In addition, students must pass 24 points of second level studies with a distinction average including a minimum of 12 points in the discipline directly relevant to the project.

Prohibitions

SCI3739


24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


18 points, SCA Band 2, 0.375 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Full year 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake a supervised research project in an area of science, and present the results in a seminar.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will be able to critically review the scientific literature in their specialist area of study; understand the processes involved in the design, development and implementation of a relevant research project; be able to complete and analyse a set of laboratory-based, computer-based, theoretical or other appropriate studies; be proficient in computer based data acquisition (where appropriate), critical analysis of results, appropriate presentation, and scientific word processing; demonstrate communication skills in both oral and written presentations, including the ability to write and present scientific work in a potentially publishable way; have acquired a range of technical skills and attitudes appropriate to their specialist area of study; have demonstrated the capability to perform a variety of scientific procedures and techniques that are essential to the satisfactory completion and reporting of a research project; have the demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in the relevant area of study.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours coursework assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by the School Honours co-ordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours Coordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the breadth and diversity of the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

To be advised by School Honours Coordinator

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor David Paganin

Synopsis

Students undertake honours level coursework in an area of science.

Outcomes

On completion of the unit, students will have demonstrated a high-level of understanding of the key theoretical and practical aspects of their area of study, including to have gained insight into the specific discipline and its place within the broader scope of science; have acquired knowledge, skills and attitudes appropriate to their area of study; and have demonstrated the potential to pursue higher studies and learning in their area of study. The specific learning outcomes will be in accordance with the objectives of the specific discipline.

Assessment

Consistent with the honours project assessment of the discipline. It will be advised to the student by the School Honours Coordinator.

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites

Permission from the Associate Dean (Education)


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
OfferedOverseas First semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2013 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitSchool of Mathematical Sciences
OfferedClayton First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2013 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jonathan Keith (Clayton); Associate Professor Philip Rayment (Gippsland/OCL); Associate Professor Lan Boon Leong (Sunway)

Synopsis

Descriptive statistics, scatter plots, correlation, line of best fit. Elementary probability theory. Confidence intervals and hypothesis tests using normal, t and binomial distributions. Use of computer software. Formal treatment of statistical analyses and the role of probability in statistical inference.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the key steps of the scientific method and how it can be applied to real problems that involve data analysis and interpretation;

  1. Appreciate how statistical data is collected, analysed and stored;

  1. Understand the meaning of population parameters such as mean, standard deviation, and median;

  1. Understand the importance of statistical techniques in the analysis of data;

  1. Present and interpret data graphically;

  1. Determine confidence intervals for population parameters, and distinguish between a population parameter and a sample statistic;

  1. Determine the appropriate statistical technique for a given context;

  1. Perform simple statistical operations using Excel;

  1. Take a random sample from a population and determine whether data fits a statistical hypothesis;

  1. Prepare and write a scientific report.

Assessment

Examination (3 hours): 60%
Assignments/laboratories and tests: 40%
Students must pass the examination to be awarded a pass grade.

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour support class per week

Prerequisites

SCI1020, VCE Mathematical methods 3 and 4, or equivalent international qualifications listed in the Unit Guide.

Prohibitions

ETC1000, ETW1000, ETW1102, ETX1100, FIT1006 and MAT1097.
Note: students who have completed STA1010 cannot subsequently undertake SCI1020.


6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate
FacultyFaculty of Science
Organisational UnitGippsland School of Applied Sciences and Engineering
OfferedGippsland First semester 2013 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2013 (Off-campus)
Sunway Second semester 2013 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrew Percy and Dr Philip Rayment (Gippsland); Dr. Emily Goh Joo Kheng (Sunway)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop an understanding of some of the most widely used methods of statistical data analysis, from the view point of the user, with an emphasis on planned experiments. Students will become familiar with at least one standard statistical package. Topics covered include: parametric and nonparametric procedures to compare two independent and matched samples; review of simple linear regression; multiple linear regression - analysis of residuals, choice of explanatory variables; model selection and validation; nonlinear relationships; introduction to logistic regression; basic principles of experimental design; one-way and two-way analysis of variance models; planned and multiple comparison techniques; power and sample size considerations in design; usage of some available statistical packages including Minitab and/or SPSS, data preparation, interpretation of output.

Outcomes

On completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Recognise the requirements for design of an effective experiment and the nature of data arising from these situations;

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of some of the important parametric and non-parametric methods of statistical data analysis, including analysis of variance, multiple linear regression and logistic regression;

  1. Identify and apply an appropriate statistical technique for analysing a given design/ data set;

  1. Formulate a model relating a response variable to a number of given independent variables;

  1. Use a statistical package for applying statistical techniques covered in the unit.

Assessment

Assignments (three): 30%
Mini-project report: 10%
Examination (3 hours): 60%

Chief examiner(s)

Contact hours

Three 1-hour lectures and one 1-hour workshop per week

Prerequisites

Prohibitions

MTH2232, STA2032